[debian-edu-commits] debian-edu/debian-edu-doc.git (#330) - wheezy (branch) updated: 0.9.20071124-5-gc1c1e7c
David Prévot
taffit at alioth.debian.org
Sat Oct 5 12:16:13 UTC 2013
The branch, wheezy has been updated
via c1c1e7c1804c219cb15e8c5220c5f377bbae0f28 (commit)
from c926b8c025268e0b933e2b0dbef74333d1b58aa1 (commit)
Those revisions listed above that are new to this repository have
not appeared on any other notification email; so we list those
revisions in full, below.
- Log -----------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary of changes:
debian/changelog | 7 +
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po | 1266 ++++++++++++--------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po | 1224 +++++++++++--------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po | 1311 +++++++++++++--------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po | 1274 ++++++++++++--------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot | 1142 ++++++++++--------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml | 158 ++-
7 files changed, 3887 insertions(+), 2495 deletions(-)
The diff of changes is:
diff --git a/debian/changelog b/debian/changelog
index e5e2bcc..cc0dba2 100644
--- a/debian/changelog
+++ b/debian/changelog
@@ -1,3 +1,10 @@
+debian-edu-doc (0.9.20071126) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * release-manual: updated source from the wiki (describes a workaround for
+ #1270)
+
+ -- Holger Levsen <holger at debian.org> Mon, 26 Nov 2007 17:47:53 +0100
+
debian-edu-doc (0.9.20071124) unstable; urgency=low
* release-manual:
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
index 5d9d172..7692232 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-24 13:53+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-26 17:07+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-25 22:08+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jürgen Leibner <juergen.leibner at t-online.de>\n"
"Language-Team: <de at li.org>\n"
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2177
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2269
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Anleitung zum Release von Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-24</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-26</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Dieses Dokument wurde am <computeroutput>2007-11-21</computeroutput> in das "
"Paket <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> gepackt."
@@ -438,8 +438,11 @@ msgid ""
"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network "
"can use it as the main DNS Server."
msgstr ""
-"Standardmäßig ist der DNS-Server mit einer domain nur für interne Benutzung konfiguriert (*."
-"intern), bis eine richtige (\"external\") DNS domain konfiguriert werden kann. Der DNS-Server ist als ein zwischenspeichernder DNS-Server konfiguriert, so dass alle Maschinen des Netzwerks ihn als Haupt-DNS-Server benutzen können."
+"Standardmäßig ist der DNS-Server mit einer domain nur für interne Benutzung "
+"konfiguriert (*.intern), bis eine richtige (\"external\") DNS domain "
+"konfiguriert werden kann. Der DNS-Server ist als ein zwischenspeichernder "
+"DNS-Server konfiguriert, so dass alle Maschinen des Netzwerks ihn als Haupt-"
+"DNS-Server benutzen können."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:98
@@ -449,7 +452,12 @@ msgid ""
"individual pages and subdiretories to certain users and groups. Users will "
"have the possibility to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be "
"programmable on the server side."
-msgstr "Schüler und Lehrer haben die Möglichkeit, Webseiten zu veröffentlichen. Der Webserver bietet Mechanismen zur Authentifizierung von Benutzern und Einschränkung des Zugriffs auf individuelle Seiten und Unterverzeichnisse für bestimmte Benutzer und Gruppen. Benutzer haben die Möglichkeit dynamische Webseiten zu erstellen, da der Server programmierbar ist."
+msgstr ""
+"Schüler und Lehrer haben die Möglichkeit, Webseiten zu veröffentlichen. Der "
+"Webserver bietet Mechanismen zur Authentifizierung von Benutzern und "
+"Einschränkung des Zugriffs auf individuelle Seiten und Unterverzeichnisse "
+"für bestimmte Benutzer und Gruppen. Benutzer haben die Möglichkeit "
+"dynamische Webseiten zu erstellen, da der Server programmierbar ist."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:100
@@ -462,7 +470,16 @@ msgid ""
"mailing lists, and network groups. This implies that groups of machines "
"which have to be network groups, have the same namespace as user groups and "
"mailing lists."
-msgstr "Informationen über Benutzer und Maschinen können an zentraler Stelle geändert werden und sind automatisch für alle Maschinen zugreifbar. Um dies zu erreichen, ist ein zentralisierter Verzeichnisserver eingerichtet. Das Verzeichnis hält Informationen über Benutzer, Benutzergruppen, Maschinen und Maschinengruppen. Um eine Verwirrung des Benutzers zu vermeiden, wird kein Unterschied zwischen Datei Gruppen, Mailinglisten und Netzwerkgruppen gemacht. Dies impliziert, dass Gruppen von Maschinen, die Netzwerkgruppen sein müsen, den gleichen Namensraum wie Benutzergruppen und Mailinglisten haben."
+msgstr ""
+"Informationen über Benutzer und Maschinen können an zentraler Stelle "
+"geändert werden und sind automatisch für alle Maschinen zugreifbar. Um dies "
+"zu erreichen, ist ein zentralisierter Verzeichnisserver eingerichtet. Das "
+"Verzeichnis hält Informationen über Benutzer, Benutzergruppen, Maschinen und "
+"Maschinengruppen. Um eine Verwirrung des Benutzers zu vermeiden, wird kein "
+"Unterschied zwischen Datei Gruppen, Mailinglisten und Netzwerkgruppen "
+"gemacht. Dies impliziert, dass Gruppen von Maschinen, die Netzwerkgruppen "
+"sein müsen, den gleichen Namensraum wie Benutzergruppen und Mailinglisten "
+"haben."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:102
@@ -471,7 +488,12 @@ msgid ""
"follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are "
"part of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or "
"user groups will be made possible by the administration systems."
-msgstr "Die Verwaltung von Diensten und Benutzern wird meistens und überwiegend web(-basiert) durchgeführt und folgt dabei etablierten Standards, die mit den in Skolelinux enthaltenen Webbrowsern gut funktionieren. Die Übertragung von bestimmten Aufgaben an individuelle Benutzer oder Benutzergruppen wird von dem Verwaltungssystem ermöglicht."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Verwaltung von Diensten und Benutzern wird meistens und überwiegend web(-"
+"basiert) durchgeführt und folgt dabei etablierten Standards, die mit den in "
+"Skolelinux enthaltenen Webbrowsern gut funktionieren. Die Übertragung von "
+"bestimmten Aufgaben an individuelle Benutzer oder Benutzergruppen wird von "
+"dem Verwaltungssystem ermöglicht."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:104
@@ -483,7 +505,15 @@ msgid ""
"synchronize their clock with the server. The server itself should "
"synchronize its clock via NTP against machines on the Internet, thus "
"ensuring the whole network has the correct time."
-msgstr "Um bestimmte Probleme mit NFS zu vermeiden und um die Fehlersuche zu vereinfachen, muss die Zeit der verschiedenen Maschinen im Netzwerk synchronisiert werden. Um dies zu gewährleisten, ist der Skolelinux Server als ein lokaler Netzwerk-Zeitprotokollserver (NTP) eingerichtet und alle Arbeitsstationen und Clients sind so eingerichtet, dass sie ihre Uhr mit der des Servers synchronisieren. Der Server selbst sollte sich mit NTP über das Internet gegen Zeitservern höherer Ordnung (Stratuum) synchronisieren, um sicherzustellen, dass das ganze Netzwerk die korrekte Zeit führt."
+msgstr ""
+"Um bestimmte Probleme mit NFS zu vermeiden und um die Fehlersuche zu "
+"vereinfachen, muss die Zeit der verschiedenen Maschinen im Netzwerk "
+"synchronisiert werden. Um dies zu gewährleisten, ist der Skolelinux Server "
+"als ein lokaler Netzwerk-Zeitprotokollserver (NTP) eingerichtet und alle "
+"Arbeitsstationen und Clients sind so eingerichtet, dass sie ihre Uhr mit der "
+"des Servers synchronisieren. Der Server selbst sollte sich mit NTP über das "
+"Internet gegen Zeitservern höherer Ordnung (Stratuum) synchronisieren, um "
+"sicherzustellen, dass das ganze Netzwerk die korrekte Zeit führt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:106
@@ -676,7 +706,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:166
-msgid "- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
+msgid ""
+"- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
@@ -1099,8 +1130,8 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1344 release-manual.xml:1934
-#: release-manual.xml:1969 release-manual.xml:2049
+#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1369 release-manual.xml:2018
+#: release-manual.xml:2053 release-manual.xml:2133
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1511,7 +1542,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:492
-msgid "say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
+msgid ""
+"say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
@@ -1542,7 +1574,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:506
-msgid "FIXME: this section needs a link to diskless workstation installation howto."
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: this section needs a link to diskless workstation installation howto."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
@@ -1588,7 +1621,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:528
-msgid "Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
+msgid ""
+"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
@@ -2133,8 +2167,8 @@ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:859 release-manual.xml:892 release-manual.xml:986
-#: release-manual.xml:1485 release-manual.xml:1496 release-manual.xml:1601
-#: release-manual.xml:1887 release-manual.xml:1901 release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1555 release-manual.xml:1566 release-manual.xml:1671
+#: release-manual.xml:1971 release-manual.xml:1985 release-manual.xml:2000
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
@@ -2501,13 +2535,14 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1054
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian Edu/"
"Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by "
-"applicable law. </emphasis>"
+"applicable law. </emphasis> Please read this chapter completly before "
+"attempting to upgrade."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
@@ -2545,7 +2580,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1069
-msgid "Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
+msgid ""
+"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
@@ -2590,38 +2626,40 @@ msgid ""
"of the Installer."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1087
msgid ""
-"The main problem is here that the System Volumegroup is quit small since the "
-"data in this Partitions is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on an 8GB "
-"large Virtual Pc, the upgrade failed since it was not possible to free more "
-"space on the vg_sytem. Please note that you should have about 1,5GB free "
-"space on /var and about 600MB free space on /usr. If this is not fullfilled "
-"the upgrade will fail because of too less space on the device."
+"The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the "
+"data in this partition is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on a "
+"virtual machine with an 8GB harddrive, the upgrade failed since it was not "
+"possible to free more space on the vg_sytem. Please note that you should "
+"have about 1,5GB free space on /var and about 600MB free space on /usr. If "
+"this is not the case the upgrade will fail because of too little free space "
+"on the device."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1092
-msgid "Prepare the System"
+msgid "Prepare the system"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1094
msgid ""
-"If you have enough space in the vg_system Volumegroup but not in the lv_var- "
-"Partition you have to resize this partition:"
+"If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var "
+"partition, you have to resize this partition:"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1095
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1096
msgid ""
-"1.) Umount the partition (don't forget that you'll have to umount for this /"
-"var/spool/squid, too):"
+"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
+"have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid </computeroutput> "
+"partition for this to work, too:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1095
+#: release-manual.xml:1099
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -2630,45 +2668,45 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1100
-msgid "2.) fsck the Partition:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1104
+msgid "2.) fsck the partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1100
+#: release-manual.xml:1104
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1103
+#: release-manual.xml:1107
msgid "3.) resize the partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1103
+#: release-manual.xml:1107
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1106
+#: release-manual.xml:1110
msgid "4.) resize the filesystem:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1106
+#: release-manual.xml:1110
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1109
+#: release-manual.xml:1113
msgid "5.) mount the partitions again:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1109
+#: release-manual.xml:1113
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -2676,169 +2714,184 @@ msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid start ]]"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1117
-msgid "Now start the upgrade with:"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1121
+msgid ""
+"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
+"contain these lines"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1118
+#: release-manual.xml:1123
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"aptitude update \n"
-"aptitude dist-upgrade ]]"
+"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
+"deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main \n"
+"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1123
-msgid "after you have modified your sources.list:"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1129
+msgid "And start the upgrade with:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1124
+#: release-manual.xml:1130
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free \n"
-"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
+"aptitude update \n"
+"aptitude dist-upgrade ]]"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1132
-msgid "Answers to Debconf Questions raising during upgrade"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1138
+msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1134
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1140
msgid ""
-"Okay we'll give yo here some hints, what you should answer when some debconf "
-"Questions comes up. But please note. This upgrade HowTo is based on a very "
-"plain fresh installation of an mainserver + terminalserver. So which "
-"questions raises up in addition to that depends on what is additionally "
-"installed on your system (which isn't included per default in the sarge "
-"based Debian Edu Release). So if there are any questions where you don't "
-"know what to answer, don't hesitate to ask us at the Mailinglist (<ulink "
-"url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </"
-"ulink>) or at IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
+"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
+"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
+"a very plain fresh installation of an mainserver + terminalserver."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1142
+msgid ""
+"Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here "
+"depends on what is additionally installed on your system. (Additionally to "
+"what is installed as default in the sarge based Debian Edu release). So if "
+"there are any questions which you don't know how to answer, don't hesitate "
+"to ask us at the mailinglist (<ulink url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian."
+"org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) or at IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-"
+"edu."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1137
+#: release-manual.xml:1145
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1139
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1147
msgid ""
-"Here you have to enter an passwort for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
+"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1144
+#: release-manual.xml:1152
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1145
-msgid "Choose here \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
+#: release-manual.xml:1153
+msgid "Choose \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1148
+#: release-manual.xml:1156
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1149
-msgid "Don't deaktivate here the challenge-response Auth."
+#: release-manual.xml:1157
+msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1152
+#: release-manual.xml:1160
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1153
+#: release-manual.xml:1161
msgid "Choose the default (yes) here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1156
+#: release-manual.xml:1164
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1157
+#: release-manual.xml:1165
msgid ""
-"You should choose yes here, this would help us to improve debian-edu. (We'll "
-"get an weekly report which programs are how often used). Of course "
-"anonymously."
+"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
+"weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
+"anonymously and you have the option to say \"no\"."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1160
+#: release-manual.xml:1168
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1162
+#: release-manual.xml:1170
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1166
-msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:1174
+msgid ""
+"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1169
+#: release-manual.xml:1177
msgid "Use ldapversion 3 here"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1170
-msgid "Which Account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
+#: release-manual.xml:1178
+msgid "Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1171
+#: release-manual.xml:1179
msgid "Which password should root use here FIXME"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1174
-msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer Yes here."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1182
+msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1176
-msgid "* Restart Services. Answer Yes here."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1184
+msgid "* Restart Services. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1178
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1186
msgid ""
-"Okay. This should be all if you have no additional packages installed. Now "
-"the upgrade process start to replace the packages."
+"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
+"packages installed."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1180
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1188
+msgid "Now the upgrade process will start to upgrade the packages."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1190
msgid ""
-"Please note here: The Installer will ask several times if you want to keep "
-"your old modified Version of an Configfile or if you want to get the latest. "
-"The default is to keep your modified one. Please chooose always: Install the "
-"latest one."
+"Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old "
+"modified version of a configfile or if you want to get the latest. The "
+"default is to keep your modified one. Unless you really have modified "
+"something, please always choose: \"Install the latest one\"."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1182
+#: release-manual.xml:1192
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1183
+#: release-manual.xml:1193
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2849,7 +2902,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1189
+#: release-manual.xml:1199
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -2859,33 +2912,33 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1193
+#: release-manual.xml:1203
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1195
-msgid "Now the upgrade work again:"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1205
+msgid "Now the upgrade continues:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1207
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1198
+#: release-manual.xml:1208
msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1201
-msgid "Then the installation failed another time:"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1211
+msgid "Then the installation failes another time:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1202
+#: release-manual.xml:1212
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2894,17 +2947,17 @@ msgid ""
"]]"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1207
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1217
msgid ""
-"In order to fix this rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
-"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since ldap now runs not "
-"as root butas user <emphasis>openldap </emphasis> the permissions of the "
-"configuration files have to be changed:"
+"In order to fix this, rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
+"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since openldap now runs "
+"as user <emphasis>openldap </emphasis> (instead of as root) the permissions "
+"of the configuration files have to be changed:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1210
+#: release-manual.xml:1220
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -2912,7 +2965,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1213
+#: release-manual.xml:1223
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without </"
"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
@@ -2920,18 +2973,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1215
+#: release-manual.xml:1225
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1217
+#: release-manual.xml:1227
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1218
+#: release-manual.xml:1228
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2940,60 +2993,103 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1222
+#: release-manual.xml:1232
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1224
+#: release-manual.xml:1234
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1226
-msgid "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
+#: release-manual.xml:1236
+msgid ""
+"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1228
+#: release-manual.xml:1238
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1233
+#: release-manual.xml:1243
msgid "Problem upgrading bind"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1235
+#: release-manual.xml:1245
msgid ""
"The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so "
"you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1236
+#: release-manual.xml:1246
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1238
+#: release-manual.xml:1248
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?"
"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for more information."
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1254
+msgid "Samba groupmaps handeling changed"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1256
+msgid ""
+"There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and "
+"etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also "
+"a samba group. In etch samba keeps groupmap information in the LDAP "
+"database. Unfortunatly this issue was discovered too late for our LDAP admin "
+"tool \"lwat\" to be aware of the situation."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1258
+msgid ""
+"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
+"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
+"operation. Create the Domain Admins account with the command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1259
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
+" type=domain ntgroup=\"Domain Admins\" \\\n"
+" comment=\"All system administrators in the school\"\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1264
+msgid ""
+"If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, "
+"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
+"detail in the <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo/NetworkClients</link> "
+"chapter of this manual."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1245
+#: release-manual.xml:1270
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1247
+#: release-manual.xml:1272
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
@@ -3003,20 +3099,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1254
+#: release-manual.xml:1279
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr "HowTo"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1256
+#: release-manual.xml:1281
#, fuzzy
-msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
+msgid ""
+"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Übersetzungen </"
"ulink> dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1259
+#: release-manual.xml:1284
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3024,7 +3121,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1262
+#: release-manual.xml:1287
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3032,7 +3129,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> zum Betrieb von Debian-Edu"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1265
+#: release-manual.xml:1290
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3040,7 +3137,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1272
+#: release-manual.xml:1297
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for general administration"
msgstr ""
@@ -3048,7 +3145,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1274
+#: release-manual.xml:1299
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
"linkend=\"Maintainance\">Maintainance</link> chapters describe how to get "
@@ -3057,42 +3154,43 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1280
-msgid "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
+#: release-manual.xml:1305
+msgid ""
+"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1281
+#: release-manual.xml:1306
msgid "barebone install using debian-edu-expert"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1282
+#: release-manual.xml:1307
msgid "install the packages for the service"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1283
+#: release-manual.xml:1308
msgid "configure the service"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1284
+#: release-manual.xml:1309
msgid "disable the service on main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1285
+#: release-manual.xml:1310
msgid "update dns on main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1291
+#: release-manual.xml:1316
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1293
+#: release-manual.xml:1318
msgid ""
"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </"
"computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ </"
@@ -3103,7 +3201,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1298
+#: release-manual.xml:1323
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
@@ -3111,12 +3209,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1301
+#: release-manual.xml:1326
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1302
+#: release-manual.xml:1327
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -3128,19 +3226,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1311
+#: release-manual.xml:1336
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1313
+#: release-manual.xml:1338
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1316
+#: release-manual.xml:1341
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
@@ -3148,12 +3246,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1319
+#: release-manual.xml:1344
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1322
+#: release-manual.xml:1347
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less \n"
@@ -3161,12 +3259,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1325
+#: release-manual.xml:1350
msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1328
+#: release-manual.xml:1353
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
@@ -3174,14 +3272,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1331
+#: release-manual.xml:1356
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1334
+#: release-manual.xml:1359
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -3189,12 +3287,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1337
-msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1362
+msgid ""
+"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1340
+#: release-manual.xml:1365
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf \n"
@@ -3202,14 +3301,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1343
+#: release-manual.xml:1368
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1350
+#: release-manual.xml:1375
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored \n"
@@ -3217,12 +3316,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1356
+#: release-manual.xml:1381
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1358
+#: release-manual.xml:1383
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -3230,7 +3329,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1361
+#: release-manual.xml:1386
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -3238,19 +3337,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1364
+#: release-manual.xml:1389
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1370
+#: release-manual.xml:1395
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1372
+#: release-manual.xml:1397
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -3260,7 +3359,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1374
+#: release-manual.xml:1399
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -3270,7 +3369,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1376
+#: release-manual.xml:1401
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
@@ -3285,12 +3384,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1385
+#: release-manual.xml:1410
msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1387
+#: release-manual.xml:1412
msgid ""
"Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink "
@@ -3298,116 +3397,200 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1394
+#: release-manual.xml:1419
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1396 release-manual.xml:1403
-msgid "FIXME: describe how to..."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1421
+msgid ""
+"Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
+"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
+"default installations."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1401
-msgid "Using backports.org"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1426
+msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1408
-msgid "Java"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1428
+msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1411
-#, no-wrap
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1430
msgid ""
-"apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
-"]]"
+"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
+"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
+"for the full time of a stable release. The main goal of volatile is allowing "
+"system administrators to update their systems in a nice, consistent way, "
+"without getting the drawbacks of using unstable, even without getting the "
+"drawbacks for the selected packages. So debian-volatile will only contain "
+"changes to stable programs that are necessary to keep them functional."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1417 release-manual.xml:1844 release-manual.xml:1942
-msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1436
+msgid "How to use volatile"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1419 release-manual.xml:1846 release-manual.xml:1944
-#, fuzzy
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1438
msgid ""
-"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
-"specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them "
-"over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to "
-"find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the "
-"GPL.)"
+"Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
+"archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
+"you do not have to add this key manually to roots keyring anymore. Just add "
+"the following line to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
+"computeroutput>:"
msgstr ""
-"Die <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> von <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
-"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> sind "
-"entweder Anwender- oder Entwicklerbezogen. Lasst uns die "
-"Anwenderspezifischen <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> hierhin schieben!"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1447
-msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1443
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1446
+msgid ""
+"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
+"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1453
-msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
+msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1455
msgid ""
-"FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
-"TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode </ulink> and "
-"write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings here. (esp. how to "
-"change them from a schooladmin POV)"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1463
-msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
+"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
+"It runs great, there is just one problem sometimes: some software is a "
+"little bit more outdated as you like. This is where backports.org come in."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1465
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1457
msgid ""
-"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
-"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
-"computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default."
+"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
+"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
+"without new libraries (wherever it is possible) on a stable Debian "
+"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role='strong'>We recommend you to "
+"pick out single backports which fits your needs, and not to use all "
+"backports available there. </emphasis> Please follow the instructions on "
+"<ulink url='http://www.backports.org'>http://www.backports.org </ulink> to "
+"use these backports."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1468
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1461
msgid ""
-"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} "
-"package:"
+"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
+"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
+"computeroutput> can use this repository <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"SecureApt'>securily </ulink>. This is done by running these commands as root:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1469
+#: release-manual.xml:1467
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
+"# install the debian-keyring securily\n"
+"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
+"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily\n"
+"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
+"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
+"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add - \n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Java\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
+"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
+"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
+"<title>HowTos for the desktop\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>KDE Kiosk mode\n"
+"</title><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
+"<para>FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode\n"
+"</ulink> and write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings here. (esp. how to change them from a schooladmin POV) \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Modifying the kdm login screen\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/\n"
+"</computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} package: \n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
"THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\"\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1473
+#: release-manual.xml:1543
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1479
+#: release-manual.xml:1549
msgid "Flash"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1481
+#: release-manual.xml:1551
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. It "
@@ -3417,21 +3600,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1488
+#: release-manual.xml:1558
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch "
"[pere 2007-07-12]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1490
+#: release-manual.xml:1560
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1492
+#: release-manual.xml:1562
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
@@ -3440,7 +3623,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1499 release-manual.xml:1919
+#: release-manual.xml:1569 release-manual.xml:2003
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -3449,14 +3632,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1503
+#: release-manual.xml:1573
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1504
+#: release-manual.xml:1574
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -3464,12 +3647,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1507
-msgid "If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1577
+msgid ""
+"If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1508
+#: release-manual.xml:1578
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -3477,12 +3661,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1511
+#: release-manual.xml:1581
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1512
+#: release-manual.xml:1582
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -3490,17 +3674,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1518
+#: release-manual.xml:1588
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1520
+#: release-manual.xml:1590
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1521
+#: release-manual.xml:1591
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -3508,12 +3692,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1527
+#: release-manual.xml:1597
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1529
+#: release-manual.xml:1599
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -3521,14 +3705,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1531
+#: release-manual.xml:1601
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1532
+#: release-manual.xml:1602
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -3536,19 +3720,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1535
+#: release-manual.xml:1605
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1537
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1538
+#: release-manual.xml:1608
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -3556,17 +3740,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1545
+#: release-manual.xml:1615
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1551
+#: release-manual.xml:1621
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1553
+#: release-manual.xml:1623
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -3575,17 +3759,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1559
+#: release-manual.xml:1629
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1563
+#: release-manual.xml:1633
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1565
+#: release-manual.xml:1635
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -3595,7 +3779,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1569
+#: release-manual.xml:1639
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -3604,14 +3788,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1573
+#: release-manual.xml:1643
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1576
+#: release-manual.xml:1646
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -3622,19 +3806,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1582
+#: release-manual.xml:1652
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1584
+#: release-manual.xml:1654
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1586
+#: release-manual.xml:1656
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -3642,13 +3826,13 @@ msgid ""
"computeroutput> file."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1593
-msgid "load balancing LTSP servers"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1663
+msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1595
+#: release-manual.xml:1665
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -3660,19 +3844,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1604
+#: release-manual.xml:1674
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1609
+#: release-manual.xml:1679
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1611
+#: release-manual.xml:1681
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -3681,27 +3865,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1613
+#: release-manual.xml:1683
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1615
+#: release-manual.xml:1685
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1621
-msgid "Connecting windows machines to the network / windows integration"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1691
+msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1625
+#: release-manual.xml:1695
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1627
+#: release-manual.xml:1697
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -3710,21 +3894,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1629
+#: release-manual.xml:1699
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1631
+#: release-manual.xml:1701
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1633
+#: release-manual.xml:1703
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -3734,12 +3918,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1638
+#: release-manual.xml:1708
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1640
+#: release-manual.xml:1710
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -3752,26 +3936,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
+#: release-manual.xml:1714
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1645
+#: release-manual.xml:1715
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1648
+#: release-manual.xml:1718
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1649
+#: release-manual.xml:1719
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -3785,7 +3969,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1652
+#: release-manual.xml:1722
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -3794,13 +3978,39 @@ msgid ""
"and save file into the H: volume instead of \"Own files\"."
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1726
+msgid "User groups in Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1728
+msgid ""
+"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
+"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
+"available in Windows eg for netlogon scripts or other group dependant "
+"actions, you can add them using variations of the following command. Samba "
+"will function without these groupmaps, but Windows machines won't be group "
+"aware."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1732
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
+" type=domain ntgroup=\"students\" \\\n"
+" comment=\"All students in the school\"\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1657
+#: release-manual.xml:1741
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1659
+#: release-manual.xml:1743
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -3809,12 +4019,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1664
+#: release-manual.xml:1748
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1666
+#: release-manual.xml:1750
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -3825,7 +4035,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1668
+#: release-manual.xml:1752
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -3836,7 +4046,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1670
+#: release-manual.xml:1754
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -3845,7 +4055,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1673
+#: release-manual.xml:1757
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -3856,22 +4066,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1678 release-manual.xml:1761
+#: release-manual.xml:1762 release-manual.xml:1845
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1680
+#: release-manual.xml:1764
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1681
+#: release-manual.xml:1765
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1683
+#: release-manual.xml:1767
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -3881,56 +4091,56 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1684
+#: release-manual.xml:1768
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1685
+#: release-manual.xml:1769
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1686 release-manual.xml:1689
+#: release-manual.xml:1770 release-manual.xml:1773
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1687
+#: release-manual.xml:1771
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1688
+#: release-manual.xml:1772
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1692
+#: release-manual.xml:1776
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1694
+#: release-manual.xml:1778
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1696
+#: release-manual.xml:1780
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1704 release-manual.xml:1777 release-manual.xml:1802
+#: release-manual.xml:1788 release-manual.xml:1861 release-manual.xml:1886
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1706
+#: release-manual.xml:1790
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -3941,48 +4151,49 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1711
+#: release-manual.xml:1795
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1713
+#: release-manual.xml:1797
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1714
+#: release-manual.xml:1798
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1716
+#: release-manual.xml:1800
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1720
-msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
+#: release-manual.xml:1804
+msgid ""
+"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1724
+#: release-manual.xml:1808
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1727
+#: release-manual.xml:1811
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1730
+#: release-manual.xml:1814
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -3990,18 +4201,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1732
+#: release-manual.xml:1816
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Dienste"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1755
+#: release-manual.xml:1839
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1757
+#: release-manual.xml:1841
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -4011,7 +4222,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1763
+#: release-manual.xml:1847
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -4020,7 +4231,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1765
+#: release-manual.xml:1849
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -4028,34 +4239,35 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1767
-msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
+#: release-manual.xml:1851
+msgid ""
+"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1770
+#: release-manual.xml:1854
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1779
+#: release-manual.xml:1863
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1785
+#: release-manual.xml:1869
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1789
+#: release-manual.xml:1873
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1791
+#: release-manual.xml:1875
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -4063,29 +4275,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1793
+#: release-manual.xml:1877
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1795
+#: release-manual.xml:1879
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1804
+#: release-manual.xml:1888
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1809
+#: release-manual.xml:1893
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1811
+#: release-manual.xml:1895
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -4095,7 +4307,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1814
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -4104,12 +4316,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1823
+#: release-manual.xml:1907
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1825
+#: release-manual.xml:1909
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -4117,21 +4329,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1827
+#: release-manual.xml:1911
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1831
+#: release-manual.xml:1915
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1834
+#: release-manual.xml:1918
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -4140,14 +4352,35 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1836
+#: release-manual.xml:1920
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1928 release-manual.xml:2026
+msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1930 release-manual.xml:2028
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
+"specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them "
+"over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to "
+"find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the "
+"GPL.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Die <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> von <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
+"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> sind "
+"entweder Anwender- oder Entwicklerbezogen. Lasst uns die "
+"Anwenderspezifischen <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> hierhin schieben!"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1862
+#: release-manual.xml:1946
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
@@ -4155,38 +4388,38 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1868
+#: release-manual.xml:1952
msgid "moodle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1870
+#: release-manual.xml:1954
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1957
msgid ""
"Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and "
"credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1878
+#: release-manual.xml:1962
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1880
+#: release-manual.xml:1964
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1883
+#: release-manual.xml:1967
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc\n"
@@ -4194,26 +4427,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1890
+#: release-manual.xml:1974
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
+#: release-manual.xml:1980
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1982
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1904
+#: release-manual.xml:1988
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -4221,12 +4454,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1910
+#: release-manual.xml:1994
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1912
+#: release-manual.xml:1996
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -4234,7 +4467,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1924
+#: release-manual.xml:2008
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -4247,14 +4480,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1932
+#: release-manual.xml:2016
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1947
+#: release-manual.xml:2031
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -4262,23 +4495,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1956
+#: release-manual.xml:2040
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1960
+#: release-manual.xml:2044
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1963
+#: release-manual.xml:2047
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1968
+#: release-manual.xml:2052
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -4287,7 +4520,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1974
+#: release-manual.xml:2058
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -4298,12 +4531,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
+#: release-manual.xml:2064
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1982
+#: release-manual.xml:2066
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -4311,7 +4544,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1984
+#: release-manual.xml:2068
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -4319,19 +4552,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1991
+#: release-manual.xml:2075
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1993
+#: release-manual.xml:2077
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1996
+#: release-manual.xml:2080
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -4340,7 +4573,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1999
+#: release-manual.xml:2083
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -4348,12 +4581,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2005
+#: release-manual.xml:2089
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2007
+#: release-manual.xml:2091
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -4362,7 +4595,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2009
+#: release-manual.xml:2093
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
@@ -4373,7 +4606,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2017
+#: release-manual.xml:2101
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -4382,7 +4615,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2019
+#: release-manual.xml:2103
msgid ""
"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We use "
@@ -4393,22 +4626,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2030
+#: release-manual.xml:2114
msgid "Support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2034
+#: release-manual.xml:2118
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2038
+#: release-manual.xml:2122
msgid "in english"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2044
+#: release-manual.xml:2128
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -4416,7 +4649,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2048
+#: release-manual.xml:2132
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -4424,12 +4657,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2059
+#: release-manual.xml:2143
msgid "in norwegian"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2061
+#: release-manual.xml:2145
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -4437,7 +4670,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2065
+#: release-manual.xml:2149
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -4446,24 +4679,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2068
+#: release-manual.xml:2152
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2074
+#: release-manual.xml:2158
msgid "in german"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2076
+#: release-manual.xml:2160
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2080
+#: release-manual.xml:2164
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
@@ -4474,29 +4707,29 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> ist ein Wiki und wird häufig aktualisiert."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2083
+#: release-manual.xml:2167
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2173
msgid "in french"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:2175
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2100
+#: release-manual.xml:2184
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2102
+#: release-manual.xml:2186
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -4504,12 +4737,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2109
+#: release-manual.xml:2193
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright und Autoren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2111
+#: release-manual.xml:2195
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
@@ -4523,7 +4756,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2113
+#: release-manual.xml:2197
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -4536,19 +4769,19 @@ msgstr ""
"lizensieren Sie es unter der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2119
+#: release-manual.xml:2203
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright und Autoren der Übersetzung"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2121
+#: release-manual.xml:2205
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2123
+#: release-manual.xml:2207
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
@@ -4560,7 +4793,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#: release-manual.xml:2209
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
@@ -4573,7 +4806,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2127
+#: release-manual.xml:2211
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is "
@@ -4585,12 +4818,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2132
+#: release-manual.xml:2216
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Übersetzungen dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2134
+#: release-manual.xml:2218
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
@@ -4601,13 +4834,13 @@ msgstr ""
"unvollständige Übersetzungen inNorwegisches Bokmål, Spanisch und Deutsch."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2138
+#: release-manual.xml:2222
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Anleitung zum Übersetzen dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2140
+#: release-manual.xml:2224
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -4617,7 +4850,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2143
+#: release-manual.xml:2227
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -4632,7 +4865,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dem Paket debian-edu-doc ein."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2147
+#: release-manual.xml:2231
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -4641,14 +4874,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2151
+#: release-manual.xml:2235
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2156
+#: release-manual.xml:2240
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
@@ -4661,7 +4894,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Mailingliste."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2160
+#: release-manual.xml:2244
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
@@ -4671,8 +4904,20 @@ msgstr ""
"entsprechenden Rechten im Alioth-Projekt) oder senden Sie die Datei an die "
"Mailingliste."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2246
+msgid ""
+"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
+"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2249
+msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2162
+#: release-manual.xml:2254
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
@@ -4684,25 +4929,25 @@ msgstr ""
"Sprache erzeugt bzw. eine bestehende ergänzt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2164
+#: release-manual.xml:2256
#, fuzzy
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Bitte berichte über andere Probleme."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2170
+#: release-manual.xml:2262
#, fuzzy
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Anhang A - The GNU Public Licence"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2173
+#: release-manual.xml:2265
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2179
+#: release-manual.xml:2271
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -4711,7 +4956,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2182
+#: release-manual.xml:2274
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -4720,7 +4965,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184
+#: release-manual.xml:2276
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -4729,7 +4974,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2278
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -4737,17 +4982,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2191
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2193
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2195
+#: release-manual.xml:2287
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -4756,12 +5001,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
+#: release-manual.xml:2292
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
+#: release-manual.xml:2294
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -4775,7 +5020,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2205
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -4786,7 +5031,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2207
+#: release-manual.xml:2299
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -4798,14 +5043,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2210
+#: release-manual.xml:2302
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2212
+#: release-manual.xml:2304
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -4814,7 +5059,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2215
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -4822,7 +5067,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2218
+#: release-manual.xml:2310
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -4831,7 +5076,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2221
+#: release-manual.xml:2313
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -4846,7 +5091,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2226
+#: release-manual.xml:2318
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -4860,7 +5105,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2228
+#: release-manual.xml:2320
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -4869,7 +5114,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2230
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -4878,7 +5123,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:2324
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -4887,7 +5132,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2235
+#: release-manual.xml:2327
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -4896,7 +5141,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2238
+#: release-manual.xml:2330
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -4907,7 +5152,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2241
+#: release-manual.xml:2333
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -4917,7 +5162,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2246
+#: release-manual.xml:2338
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -4931,7 +5176,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2248
+#: release-manual.xml:2340
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -4941,7 +5186,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2250
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -4953,7 +5198,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2253
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -4966,7 +5211,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2256
+#: release-manual.xml:2348
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -4978,7 +5223,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2259
+#: release-manual.xml:2351
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -4995,7 +5240,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2262
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -5003,7 +5248,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2264
+#: release-manual.xml:2356
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -5017,14 +5262,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2266
+#: release-manual.xml:2358
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2268
+#: release-manual.xml:2360
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -5036,7 +5281,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2271
+#: release-manual.xml:2363
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -5045,7 +5290,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2274
+#: release-manual.xml:2366
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -5057,7 +5302,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2276
+#: release-manual.xml:2368
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -5070,12 +5315,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2279
+#: release-manual.xml:2371
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2282
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -5089,7 +5334,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2377
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -5103,42 +5348,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2291
+#: release-manual.xml:2383
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2389
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2301
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2302
+#: release-manual.xml:2394
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2303
+#: release-manual.xml:2395
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2304
+#: release-manual.xml:2396
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2309
+#: release-manual.xml:2401
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2311
+#: release-manual.xml:2403
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -5150,122 +5395,122 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2316
+#: release-manual.xml:2408
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2412
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2324
+#: release-manual.xml:2416
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2329
+#: release-manual.xml:2421
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
+#: release-manual.xml:2424
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2335 release-manual.xml:2345
+#: release-manual.xml:2427 release-manual.xml:2437
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2339
+#: release-manual.xml:2431
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2342
+#: release-manual.xml:2434
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2349
+#: release-manual.xml:2441
msgid "German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2352
+#: release-manual.xml:2444
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2355
+#: release-manual.xml:2447
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2359
+#: release-manual.xml:2451
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2362
+#: release-manual.xml:2454
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2365
+#: release-manual.xml:2457
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2369
+#: release-manual.xml:2461
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2372
+#: release-manual.xml:2464
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2375
+#: release-manual.xml:2467
msgid "el"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2379
+#: release-manual.xml:2471
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2382
+#: release-manual.xml:2474
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2385
+#: release-manual.xml:2477
msgid "jp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2481
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2392
+#: release-manual.xml:2484
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2395
+#: release-manual.xml:2487
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2402
+#: release-manual.xml:2494
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -5274,35 +5519,34 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2408
+#: release-manual.xml:2500
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2409
+#: release-manual.xml:2501
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2415
+#: release-manual.xml:2507
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2416
+#: release-manual.xml:2508
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2422
+#: release-manual.xml:2514
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: release-manual.xml:2516
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
"live/'>HTTP </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/."
msgstr ""
-
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
index 36f6a6d..5a79d76 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-24 13:53+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-26 17:07+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-14 15:05+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: <es at li.org>\n"
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2177
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2269
#, fuzzy
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manual para Debian-Edu etch 3.0 también llamado \"Terra\""
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:8
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-24</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-26</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
@@ -1228,8 +1228,8 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1344 release-manual.xml:1934
-#: release-manual.xml:1969 release-manual.xml:2049
+#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1369 release-manual.xml:2018
+#: release-manual.xml:2053 release-manual.xml:2133
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -2319,8 +2319,8 @@ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:859 release-manual.xml:892 release-manual.xml:986
-#: release-manual.xml:1485 release-manual.xml:1496 release-manual.xml:1601
-#: release-manual.xml:1887 release-manual.xml:1901 release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1555 release-manual.xml:1566 release-manual.xml:1671
+#: release-manual.xml:1971 release-manual.xml:1985 release-manual.xml:2000
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
@@ -2712,7 +2712,8 @@ msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian Edu/"
"Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by "
-"applicable law. </emphasis>"
+"applicable law. </emphasis> Please read this chapter completly before "
+"attempting to upgrade."
msgstr ""
"Antes de explicar como actualizar, tenga en cuenta que esta actualización en "
"su servidor en producción la hace asumiendo su riesgo.<emphasis "
@@ -2829,13 +2830,15 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1087
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The main problem is here that the System Volumegroup is quit small since the "
-"data in this Partitions is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on an 8GB "
-"large Virtual Pc, the upgrade failed since it was not possible to free more "
-"space on the vg_sytem. Please note that you should have about 1,5GB free "
-"space on /var and about 600MB free space on /usr. If this is not fullfilled "
-"the upgrade will fail because of too less space on the device."
+"The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the "
+"data in this partition is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on a "
+"virtual machine with an 8GB harddrive, the upgrade failed since it was not "
+"possible to free more space on the vg_sytem. Please note that you should "
+"have about 1,5GB free space on /var and about 600MB free space on /usr. If "
+"this is not the case the upgrade will fail because of too little free space "
+"on the device."
msgstr ""
"El principal problema es que el Volumegroup System es bastante pequeño ya "
"que los datos en estas particiones son muy estáticos. Al intentar actualizar "
@@ -2846,27 +2849,30 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1092
-msgid "Prepare the System"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Prepare the system"
msgstr "Preparar el sistema"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1094
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If you have enough space in the vg_system Volumegroup but not in the lv_var- "
-"Partition you have to resize this partition:"
+"If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var "
+"partition, you have to resize this partition:"
msgstr ""
"Si tiene suficiente espacio en vg_system pero no en la partición lv_var "
"tendrá que redimensionar esta partición:"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1095
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1096
msgid ""
-"1.) Umount the partition (don't forget that you'll have to umount for this /"
-"var/spool/squid, too):"
+"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
+"have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid </computeroutput> "
+"partition for this to work, too:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1095
+#: release-manual.xml:1099
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -2878,45 +2884,45 @@ msgstr ""
"umount -fl /var ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1100
-msgid "2.) fsck the Partition:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1104
+msgid "2.) fsck the partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1100
+#: release-manual.xml:1104
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1103
+#: release-manual.xml:1107
msgid "3.) resize the partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1103
+#: release-manual.xml:1107
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1106
+#: release-manual.xml:1110
msgid "4.) resize the filesystem:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1106
+#: release-manual.xml:1110
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1109
+#: release-manual.xml:1113
msgid "5.) mount the partitions again:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1109
+#: release-manual.xml:1113
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -2927,13 +2933,32 @@ msgstr ""
"mount /var/spool/squid\n"
"/etc/init.d/squid start ]]"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1121
+msgid ""
+"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
+"contain these lines"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1123
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
+"deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main \n"
+"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
+msgstr ""
+"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free \n"
+"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1117
-msgid "Now start the upgrade with:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1129
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "And start the upgrade with:"
msgstr "Ahora inicie la actualización con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1118
+#: release-manual.xml:1130
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -2942,39 +2967,31 @@ msgstr ""
"apt-get update \n"
"apt-get dist-upgrade ]]"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1123
-msgid "after you have modified your sources.list:"
-msgstr "después de modificar su sources.list:"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1138
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
+msgstr "Respuestas a las preguntas de Debconf durante la actualización"
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1124
-#, no-wrap
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1140
msgid ""
-"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free \n"
-"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
+"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
+"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
+"a very plain fresh installation of an mainserver + terminalserver."
msgstr ""
-"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free \n"
-"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1132
-msgid "Answers to Debconf Questions raising during upgrade"
-msgstr "Respuestas a las preguntas de Debconf durante la actualización"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1134
+#: release-manual.xml:1142
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Okay we'll give yo here some hints, what you should answer when some debconf "
-"Questions comes up. But please note. This upgrade HowTo is based on a very "
-"plain fresh installation of an mainserver + terminalserver. So which "
-"questions raises up in addition to that depends on what is additionally "
-"installed on your system (which isn't included per default in the sarge "
-"based Debian Edu Release). So if there are any questions where you don't "
-"know what to answer, don't hesitate to ask us at the Mailinglist (<ulink "
-"url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </"
-"ulink>) or at IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
+"Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here "
+"depends on what is additionally installed on your system. (Additionally to "
+"what is installed as default in the sarge based Debian Edu release). So if "
+"there are any questions which you don't know how to answer, don't hesitate "
+"to ask us at the mailinglist (<ulink url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian."
+"org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) or at IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-"
+"edu."
msgstr ""
"Le daremos algunos trucos sobre lo que debería responder cuando salgan "
"algunas preguntas de debconf. Pero tenga en cuenta que esta actualización "
@@ -2987,120 +3004,127 @@ msgstr ""
"edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) o en el IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1137
+#: release-manual.xml:1145
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr "* Configurar nagios-common"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1139
+#: release-manual.xml:1147
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Here you have to enter an passwort for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
+"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
msgstr ""
"Debe introducir una contraseña para el usuario <emphasis>nagiosadmin </"
"emphasis>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1144
+#: release-manual.xml:1152
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr "* Configurar console-data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1145
-msgid "Choose here \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
+#: release-manual.xml:1153
+msgid "Choose \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1148
+#: release-manual.xml:1156
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr "* Configurar openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1149
-msgid "Don't deaktivate here the challenge-response Auth."
+#: release-manual.xml:1157
+msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1152
+#: release-manual.xml:1160
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr "* Configurar systat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1153
+#: release-manual.xml:1161
msgid "Choose the default (yes) here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1156
+#: release-manual.xml:1164
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr "* Configurar popularity-contest"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1157
+#: release-manual.xml:1165
msgid ""
-"You should choose yes here, this would help us to improve debian-edu. (We'll "
-"get an weekly report which programs are how often used). Of course "
-"anonymously."
+"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
+"weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
+"anonymously and you have the option to say \"no\"."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1160
+#: release-manual.xml:1168
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr "* Configurar libnss-ldap"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1162
+#: release-manual.xml:1170
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr "Cambie la respuesta a: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1166
+#: release-manual.xml:1174
msgid ""
"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Cambie la respuesta a: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1169
+#: release-manual.xml:1177
msgid "Use ldapversion 3 here"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1170
-msgid "Which Account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
+#: release-manual.xml:1178
+msgid "Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1171
+#: release-manual.xml:1179
msgid "Which password should root use here FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1174
-msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer Yes here."
+#: release-manual.xml:1182
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Actualizar ahora glibc. Respuesta: Sí"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1176
-msgid "* Restart Services. Answer Yes here."
+#: release-manual.xml:1184
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "* Restart Services. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Reiniciar servicios. Respuesta Sí."
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1178
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1186
msgid ""
-"Okay. This should be all if you have no additional packages installed. Now "
-"the upgrade process start to replace the packages."
+"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
+"packages installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1188
+msgid "Now the upgrade process will start to upgrade the packages."
msgstr ""
-"Eso es todo si no tiene paquetes adicionales instalados. Ahora el proceso de "
-"actualización empieza a reemplazar los paquetes."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1180
+#: release-manual.xml:1190
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Please note here: The Installer will ask several times if you want to keep "
-"your old modified Version of an Configfile or if you want to get the latest. "
-"The default is to keep your modified one. Please chooose always: Install the "
-"latest one."
+"Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old "
+"modified version of a configfile or if you want to get the latest. The "
+"default is to keep your modified one. Unless you really have modified "
+"something, please always choose: \"Install the latest one\"."
msgstr ""
"Tenga en cuenta que: El instalador preguntará varias veces si desea mantener "
"su versión antigua modificada de un archivo de configuración o si desea "
@@ -3108,12 +3132,12 @@ msgstr ""
"instalar la más nueva."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1182
+#: release-manual.xml:1192
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr "La actualización fallará con este mensaje de error:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1183
+#: release-manual.xml:1193
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3129,7 +3153,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1189
+#: release-manual.xml:1199
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -3144,33 +3168,35 @@ msgstr ""
"reinicie el proceso de actualización con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1193
+#: release-manual.xml:1203
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1195
-msgid "Now the upgrade work again:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1205
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Now the upgrade continues:"
msgstr "Ahora la actualización funciona de nuevo:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1207
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr "* Algunos archivos de configuración modificados (nagios)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1198
+#: release-manual.xml:1208
msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1201
-msgid "Then the installation failed another time:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1211
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Then the installation failes another time:"
msgstr "Y la instalación vuelve a fallar:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1202
+#: release-manual.xml:1212
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3184,12 +3210,13 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1207
+#: release-manual.xml:1217
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"In order to fix this rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
-"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since ldap now runs not "
-"as root butas user <emphasis>openldap </emphasis> the permissions of the "
-"configuration files have to be changed:"
+"In order to fix this, rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
+"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since openldap now runs "
+"as user <emphasis>openldap </emphasis> (instead of as root) the permissions "
+"of the configuration files have to be changed:"
msgstr ""
"Para corregir esto, renomber el directorio: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> y puesto que ldap ahora no "
@@ -3197,7 +3224,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cambiar los permisos de los ficheros de configuración:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1210
+#: release-manual.xml:1220
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -3207,7 +3234,7 @@ msgstr ""
"apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1213
+#: release-manual.xml:1223
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without </"
"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
@@ -3218,18 +3245,18 @@ msgstr ""
"reinicie el proces de dist-upgrade con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1215
+#: release-manual.xml:1225
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr "apt-get dist-upgrade]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1217
+#: release-manual.xml:1227
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr "El siguiente error que aparece es este:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1218
+#: release-manual.xml:1228
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3241,62 +3268,104 @@ msgstr ""
"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1222
+#: release-manual.xml:1232
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr "Elimine el paquete: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> con"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1224
+#: release-manual.xml:1234
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr "apt-get remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1226
+#: release-manual.xml:1236
msgid ""
"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr "y espere hasta que termine. Después reinicie el dist-upgrade de nuevo."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1228
+#: release-manual.xml:1238
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1233
+#: release-manual.xml:1243
msgid "Problem upgrading bind"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1235
+#: release-manual.xml:1245
msgid ""
"The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so "
"you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1236
+#: release-manual.xml:1246
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1238
+#: release-manual.xml:1248
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?"
"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for more information."
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1254
+msgid "Samba groupmaps handeling changed"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1256
+msgid ""
+"There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and "
+"etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also "
+"a samba group. In etch samba keeps groupmap information in the LDAP "
+"database. Unfortunatly this issue was discovered too late for our LDAP admin "
+"tool \"lwat\" to be aware of the situation."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1258
+msgid ""
+"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
+"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
+"operation. Create the Domain Admins account with the command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1259
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
+" type=domain ntgroup=\"Domain Admins\" \\\n"
+" comment=\"All system administrators in the school\"\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1264
+msgid ""
+"If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, "
+"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
+"detail in the <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo/NetworkClients</link> "
+"chapter of this manual."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1245
+#: release-manual.xml:1270
#, fuzzy
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr "Actualizar desde instalaciones antiguas de Debian-Edu / Skolelinux"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1247
+#: release-manual.xml:1272
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
@@ -3312,12 +3381,12 @@ msgstr ""
"UpgradeFrom1.0 </ulink> Después actualice a Terra (versión basada en etch)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1254
+#: release-manual.xml:1279
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr "HowTo"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1256
+#: release-manual.xml:1281
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
@@ -3326,7 +3395,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1259
+#: release-manual.xml:1284
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3334,7 +3403,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1262
+#: release-manual.xml:1287
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3342,7 +3411,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>para usar Debian-Edu"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1265
+#: release-manual.xml:1290
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3350,13 +3419,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1272
+#: release-manual.xml:1297
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for general administration"
msgstr "Administración de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1274
+#: release-manual.xml:1299
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
"linkend=\"Maintainance\">Maintainance</link> chapters describe how to get "
@@ -3365,7 +3434,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1280
+#: release-manual.xml:1305
msgid ""
"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
@@ -3373,38 +3442,38 @@ msgstr ""
"principal"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1281
+#: release-manual.xml:1306
msgid "barebone install using debian-edu-expert"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1282
+#: release-manual.xml:1307
msgid "install the packages for the service"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1283
+#: release-manual.xml:1308
#, fuzzy
msgid "configure the service"
msgstr "* Configurar openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1284
+#: release-manual.xml:1309
msgid "disable the service on main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1285
+#: release-manual.xml:1310
msgid "update dns on main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1291
+#: release-manual.xml:1316
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1293
+#: release-manual.xml:1318
msgid ""
"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </"
"computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ </"
@@ -3415,7 +3484,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1298
+#: release-manual.xml:1323
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
@@ -3423,12 +3492,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1301
+#: release-manual.xml:1326
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1302
+#: release-manual.xml:1327
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -3440,19 +3509,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1311
+#: release-manual.xml:1336
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1313
+#: release-manual.xml:1338
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1316
+#: release-manual.xml:1341
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
@@ -3460,12 +3529,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1319
+#: release-manual.xml:1344
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1322
+#: release-manual.xml:1347
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less \n"
@@ -3473,12 +3542,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1325
+#: release-manual.xml:1350
msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1328
+#: release-manual.xml:1353
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
@@ -3486,14 +3555,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1331
+#: release-manual.xml:1356
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1334
+#: release-manual.xml:1359
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -3501,13 +3570,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1337
+#: release-manual.xml:1362
msgid ""
"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1340
+#: release-manual.xml:1365
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf \n"
@@ -3515,14 +3584,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1343
+#: release-manual.xml:1368
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1350
+#: release-manual.xml:1375
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored \n"
@@ -3530,12 +3599,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1356
+#: release-manual.xml:1381
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1358
+#: release-manual.xml:1383
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -3543,7 +3612,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1361
+#: release-manual.xml:1386
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -3551,19 +3620,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1364
+#: release-manual.xml:1389
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1370
+#: release-manual.xml:1395
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1372
+#: release-manual.xml:1397
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -3573,7 +3642,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1374
+#: release-manual.xml:1399
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -3583,7 +3652,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1376
+#: release-manual.xml:1401
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
@@ -3598,13 +3667,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1385
+#: release-manual.xml:1410
#, fuzzy
msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
msgstr "Gestión de impresoras"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1387
+#: release-manual.xml:1412
msgid ""
"Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink "
@@ -3612,120 +3681,203 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1394
+#: release-manual.xml:1419
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1396 release-manual.xml:1403
-msgid "FIXME: describe how to..."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1421
+msgid ""
+"Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
+"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
+"default installations."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1401
-msgid "Using backports.org"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1426
+msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1408
-msgid "Java"
-msgstr "Java"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1428
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>POR CORREGIR </emphasis>, por ahora unas "
+"indicaciones básicas:"
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1411
-#, no-wrap
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1430
msgid ""
-"apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
-"]]"
+"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
+"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
+"for the full time of a stable release. The main goal of volatile is allowing "
+"system administrators to update their systems in a nice, consistent way, "
+"without getting the drawbacks of using unstable, even without getting the "
+"drawbacks for the selected packages. So debian-volatile will only contain "
+"changes to stable programs that are necessary to keep them functional."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1417 release-manual.xml:1844 release-manual.xml:1942
-msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1436
+msgid "How to use volatile"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1419 release-manual.xml:1846 release-manual.xml:1944
-#, fuzzy
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1438
msgid ""
-"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
-"specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them "
-"over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to "
-"find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the "
-"GPL.)"
+"Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
+"archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
+"you do not have to add this key manually to roots keyring anymore. Just add "
+"the following line to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
+"computeroutput>:"
msgstr ""
-"Los <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> de <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
-"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> son "
-"específicos tanto de los usuarios como de los desarrolladores. Deberíamos "
-"mover los de los usuarios <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink>aquí."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1447
-msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1443
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1446
+msgid ""
+"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
+"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1453
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
-msgstr "modificar el modo Kiosk"
+msgid "Using backports.org"
+msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1455
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
-"TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode </ulink> and "
-"write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings here. (esp. how to "
-"change them from a schooladmin POV)"
-msgstr ""
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
-"DebianEdu </ulink> - wiki orientado a desarrolladores"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1463
-msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
+"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
+"It runs great, there is just one problem sometimes: some software is a "
+"little bit more outdated as you like. This is where backports.org come in."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1465
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1457
msgid ""
-"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
-"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
-"computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default."
+"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
+"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
+"without new libraries (wherever it is possible) on a stable Debian "
+"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role='strong'>We recommend you to "
+"pick out single backports which fits your needs, and not to use all "
+"backports available there. </emphasis> Please follow the instructions on "
+"<ulink url='http://www.backports.org'>http://www.backports.org </ulink> to "
+"use these backports."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1468
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1461
msgid ""
-"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} "
-"package:"
+"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
+"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
+"computeroutput> can use this repository <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"SecureApt'>securily </ulink>. This is done by running these commands as root:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1469
+#: release-manual.xml:1467
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
+"# install the debian-keyring securily\n"
+"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
+"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily\n"
+"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
+"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
+"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add - \n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Java\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
+"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
+"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
+"<title>HowTos for the desktop\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>KDE Kiosk mode\n"
+"</title><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
+"<para>FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode\n"
+"</ulink> and write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings here. (esp. how to change them from a schooladmin POV) \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Modifying the kdm login screen\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/\n"
+"</computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} package: \n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
"THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\"\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1473
+#: release-manual.xml:1543
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1479
+#: release-manual.xml:1549
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1481
+#: release-manual.xml:1551
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
@@ -3738,7 +3890,7 @@ msgstr ""
"binario precompilado de Adobe para convertirlo antes en un paquete Debian."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1488
+#: release-manual.xml:1558
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch "
"[pere 2007-07-12]"
@@ -3747,7 +3899,7 @@ msgstr ""
"[pere 2007-07-12]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1490
+#: release-manual.xml:1560
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
@@ -3756,7 +3908,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Funciona tanto con konqueror como con firefox"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1492
+#: release-manual.xml:1562
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
@@ -3765,7 +3917,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1499 release-manual.xml:1919
+#: release-manual.xml:1569 release-manual.xml:2003
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -3774,14 +3926,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1503
+#: release-manual.xml:1573
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1504
+#: release-manual.xml:1574
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -3789,13 +3941,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1507
+#: release-manual.xml:1577
msgid ""
"If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1508
+#: release-manual.xml:1578
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -3803,12 +3955,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "apt-get remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1511
+#: release-manual.xml:1581
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1512
+#: release-manual.xml:1582
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -3816,18 +3968,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1518
+#: release-manual.xml:1588
#, fuzzy
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Otros temas"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1520
+#: release-manual.xml:1590
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1521
+#: release-manual.xml:1591
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -3835,12 +3987,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1527
+#: release-manual.xml:1597
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1529
+#: release-manual.xml:1599
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -3848,14 +4000,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1531
+#: release-manual.xml:1601
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1532
+#: release-manual.xml:1602
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -3863,19 +4015,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1535
+#: release-manual.xml:1605
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1537
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1538
+#: release-manual.xml:1608
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -3883,17 +4035,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1545
+#: release-manual.xml:1615
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1551
+#: release-manual.xml:1621
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Clientes ligeros vs Puestos sin disco"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1553
+#: release-manual.xml:1623
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -3906,17 +4058,17 @@ msgstr ""
"HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1559
+#: release-manual.xml:1629
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr "LTSP en detalle"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1563
+#: release-manual.xml:1633
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1565
+#: release-manual.xml:1635
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -3926,7 +4078,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1569
+#: release-manual.xml:1639
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -3935,14 +4087,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1573
+#: release-manual.xml:1643
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1576
+#: release-manual.xml:1646
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -3953,19 +4105,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1582
+#: release-manual.xml:1652
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1584
+#: release-manual.xml:1654
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1586
+#: release-manual.xml:1656
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -3973,13 +4125,13 @@ msgid ""
"computeroutput> file."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1593
-msgid "load balancing LTSP servers"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1663
+msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1595
+#: release-manual.xml:1665
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -3991,19 +4143,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1604
+#: release-manual.xml:1674
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1609
+#: release-manual.xml:1679
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1611
+#: release-manual.xml:1681
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -4012,27 +4164,28 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1613
+#: release-manual.xml:1683
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1615
+#: release-manual.xml:1685
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1621
-msgid "Connecting windows machines to the network / windows integration"
+#: release-manual.xml:1691
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Conectar máquinas windows a la red / integración con windows"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1625
+#: release-manual.xml:1695
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1627
+#: release-manual.xml:1697
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -4045,7 +4198,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de autentificar a los usuarios."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1629
+#: release-manual.xml:1699
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
@@ -4054,14 +4207,14 @@ msgstr ""
"(pocos) pasos:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1631
+#: release-manual.xml:1701
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr "1. Crear un usuario en el grupo \"admins\" (si no existiera ya)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1633
+#: release-manual.xml:1703
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -4076,12 +4229,12 @@ msgstr ""
"contraseña para root en Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1638
+#: release-manual.xml:1708
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Concigurar el cliente Windows como un puesto estático"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1640
+#: release-manual.xml:1710
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -4102,7 +4255,7 @@ msgstr ""
"unirse al dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
+#: release-manual.xml:1714
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
@@ -4112,20 +4265,20 @@ msgstr ""
"configuración de ip)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1645
+#: release-manual.xml:1715
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1648
+#: release-manual.xml:1718
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
"4. Unirse al dominio como de costumbre con el usuario añadido en el paso 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1649
+#: release-manual.xml:1719
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -4139,7 +4292,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1652
+#: release-manual.xml:1722
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -4154,13 +4307,39 @@ msgstr ""
"servidor en su lugar) y guardar los archivos en la unidad H: en lugar de "
"\"Mis Documentos\"."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1726
+msgid "User groups in Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1728
+msgid ""
+"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
+"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
+"available in Windows eg for netlogon scripts or other group dependant "
+"actions, you can add them using variations of the following command. Samba "
+"will function without these groupmaps, but Windows machines won't be group "
+"aware."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1732
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
+" type=domain ntgroup=\"students\" \\\n"
+" comment=\"All students in the school\"\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1657
+#: release-manual.xml:1741
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1659
+#: release-manual.xml:1743
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -4169,12 +4348,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1664
+#: release-manual.xml:1748
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1666
+#: release-manual.xml:1750
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -4185,7 +4364,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1668
+#: release-manual.xml:1752
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -4196,7 +4375,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1670
+#: release-manual.xml:1754
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -4205,7 +4384,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1673
+#: release-manual.xml:1757
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -4216,22 +4395,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1678 release-manual.xml:1761
+#: release-manual.xml:1762 release-manual.xml:1845
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1680
+#: release-manual.xml:1764
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1681
+#: release-manual.xml:1765
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1683
+#: release-manual.xml:1767
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -4241,56 +4420,56 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1684
+#: release-manual.xml:1768
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1685
+#: release-manual.xml:1769
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1686 release-manual.xml:1689
+#: release-manual.xml:1770 release-manual.xml:1773
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1687
+#: release-manual.xml:1771
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1688
+#: release-manual.xml:1772
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1692
+#: release-manual.xml:1776
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1694
+#: release-manual.xml:1778
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1696
+#: release-manual.xml:1780
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1704 release-manual.xml:1777 release-manual.xml:1802
+#: release-manual.xml:1788 release-manual.xml:1861 release-manual.xml:1886
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1706
+#: release-manual.xml:1790
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -4301,49 +4480,49 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1711
+#: release-manual.xml:1795
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1713
+#: release-manual.xml:1797
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1714
+#: release-manual.xml:1798
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1716
+#: release-manual.xml:1800
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1720
+#: release-manual.xml:1804
msgid ""
"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1724
+#: release-manual.xml:1808
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1727
+#: release-manual.xml:1811
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1730
+#: release-manual.xml:1814
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -4351,18 +4530,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1732
+#: release-manual.xml:1816
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Recursos"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1755
+#: release-manual.xml:1839
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1757
+#: release-manual.xml:1841
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -4372,7 +4551,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1763
+#: release-manual.xml:1847
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -4381,7 +4560,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1765
+#: release-manual.xml:1849
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -4389,36 +4568,36 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1767
+#: release-manual.xml:1851
msgid ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1770
+#: release-manual.xml:1854
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1779
+#: release-manual.xml:1863
#, fuzzy
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr "POR CORREGIR"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1785
+#: release-manual.xml:1869
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1789
+#: release-manual.xml:1873
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1791
+#: release-manual.xml:1875
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -4426,29 +4605,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1793
+#: release-manual.xml:1877
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1795
+#: release-manual.xml:1879
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1804
+#: release-manual.xml:1888
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1809
+#: release-manual.xml:1893
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1811
+#: release-manual.xml:1895
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -4458,7 +4637,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1814
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -4467,12 +4646,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1823
+#: release-manual.xml:1907
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1825
+#: release-manual.xml:1909
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
@@ -4484,21 +4663,21 @@ msgstr ""
"a Skolelinux desde su casa usando Windows, Mac o Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1827
+#: release-manual.xml:1911
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1831
+#: release-manual.xml:1915
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1834
+#: release-manual.xml:1918
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -4507,14 +4686,35 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1836
+#: release-manual.xml:1920
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1928 release-manual.xml:2026
+msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1930 release-manual.xml:2028
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
+"specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them "
+"over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to "
+"find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the "
+"GPL.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Los <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> de <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
+"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> son "
+"específicos tanto de los usuarios como de los desarrolladores. Deberíamos "
+"mover los de los usuarios <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink>aquí."
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1862
+#: release-manual.xml:1946
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
@@ -4522,38 +4722,38 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1868
+#: release-manual.xml:1952
msgid "moodle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1870
+#: release-manual.xml:1954
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1957
msgid ""
"Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and "
"credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1878
+#: release-manual.xml:1962
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1880
+#: release-manual.xml:1964
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1883
+#: release-manual.xml:1967
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc\n"
@@ -4561,26 +4761,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1890
+#: release-manual.xml:1974
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
+#: release-manual.xml:1980
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1982
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1904
+#: release-manual.xml:1988
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -4588,12 +4788,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1910
+#: release-manual.xml:1994
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1912
+#: release-manual.xml:1996
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -4601,7 +4801,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1924
+#: release-manual.xml:2008
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -4614,14 +4814,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1932
+#: release-manual.xml:2016
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1947
+#: release-manual.xml:2031
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -4632,23 +4832,23 @@ msgstr ""
"interesante"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1956
+#: release-manual.xml:2040
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1960
+#: release-manual.xml:2044
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1963
+#: release-manual.xml:2047
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1968
+#: release-manual.xml:2052
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -4657,7 +4857,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1974
+#: release-manual.xml:2058
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -4668,13 +4868,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
+#: release-manual.xml:2064
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1982
+#: release-manual.xml:2066
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -4682,7 +4882,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1984
+#: release-manual.xml:2068
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -4690,20 +4890,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1991
+#: release-manual.xml:2075
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1993
+#: release-manual.xml:2077
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1996
+#: release-manual.xml:2080
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -4712,7 +4912,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1999
+#: release-manual.xml:2083
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -4720,13 +4920,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2005
+#: release-manual.xml:2089
#, fuzzy
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "== Escritores de la Documentación =="
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2007
+#: release-manual.xml:2091
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -4735,7 +4935,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2009
+#: release-manual.xml:2093
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
@@ -4751,7 +4951,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Las traducciones </ulink> son parte del"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2017
+#: release-manual.xml:2101
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -4760,7 +4960,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2019
+#: release-manual.xml:2103
msgid ""
"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We use "
@@ -4771,22 +4971,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2030
+#: release-manual.xml:2114
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Soporte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2034
+#: release-manual.xml:2118
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Soporte basado en voluntarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2038
+#: release-manual.xml:2122
msgid "in english"
msgstr "en inglés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2044
+#: release-manual.xml:2128
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
@@ -4798,7 +4998,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - lista de correo para soporte en habla inglesa"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2048
+#: release-manual.xml:2132
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -4806,12 +5006,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2059
+#: release-manual.xml:2143
msgid "in norwegian"
msgstr "en noruego"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2061
+#: release-manual.xml:2145
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -4823,7 +5023,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - lista de correo de soporte para usuarios en habla noruega"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2065
+#: release-manual.xml:2149
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -4836,17 +5036,17 @@ msgstr ""
"linuxiskolen </ulink> - POR CORREGIR"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2068
+#: release-manual.xml:2152
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2074
+#: release-manual.xml:2158
msgid "in german"
msgstr "en alemán"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2076
+#: release-manual.xml:2160
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
@@ -4857,7 +5057,7 @@ msgstr ""
"para usuarios en habla alemana"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2080
+#: release-manual.xml:2164
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
@@ -4867,17 +5067,17 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki alemán con muchos <ulink url='/HowTos'>Tutoriales </ulink> etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2083
+#: release-manual.xml:2167
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2173
msgid "in french"
msgstr "en francés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:2175
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
@@ -4887,12 +5087,12 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> lista de correo de soporte en francés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2100
+#: release-manual.xml:2184
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Soporte profesional"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2102
+#: release-manual.xml:2186
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -4903,12 +5103,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2109
+#: release-manual.xml:2193
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright y authores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2111
+#: release-manual.xml:2195
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
@@ -4921,7 +5121,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licencia GPL2 o cualquier versión posterior. ¡Disfrútalo!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2113
+#: release-manual.xml:2197
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -4933,12 +5133,12 @@ msgstr ""
"tu nombre aquí y libéralo bajo la GPL2 o posterior."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2119
+#: release-manual.xml:2203
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright de la traducción y Autores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2121
+#: release-manual.xml:2205
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -4947,7 +5147,7 @@ msgstr ""
"está bajo la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2123
+#: release-manual.xml:2207
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
@@ -4957,7 +5157,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#: release-manual.xml:2209
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
@@ -4968,7 +5168,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2127
+#: release-manual.xml:2211
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is "
@@ -4978,12 +5178,12 @@ msgstr ""
"está bajo la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2132
+#: release-manual.xml:2216
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Traducciones de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2134
+#: release-manual.xml:2218
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
@@ -4994,13 +5194,13 @@ msgstr ""
"y español."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2138
+#: release-manual.xml:2222
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Como traducir este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2140
+#: release-manual.xml:2224
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -5010,7 +5210,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2143
+#: release-manual.xml:2227
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -5024,7 +5224,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu at l.d.o </ulink> o ponga un bug al paquete debian-edu-doc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2147
+#: release-manual.xml:2231
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -5033,14 +5233,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2151
+#: release-manual.xml:2235
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2156
+#: release-manual.xml:2240
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -5049,14 +5249,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2160
+#: release-manual.xml:2244
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2246
+msgid ""
+"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
+"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2249
+msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2162
+#: release-manual.xml:2254
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
@@ -5070,25 +5282,25 @@ msgstr ""
"mimetype=xml/docbook'>los fuentes </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2164
+#: release-manual.xml:2256
#, fuzzy
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Por favor, informa de otros posibles fallos importantes."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2170
+#: release-manual.xml:2262
#, fuzzy
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Apéndice A - La Licencia Pública GNU (GPL)"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2173
+#: release-manual.xml:2265
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2179
+#: release-manual.xml:2271
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
@@ -5101,7 +5313,7 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2182
+#: release-manual.xml:2274
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -5110,7 +5322,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184
+#: release-manual.xml:2276
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -5119,7 +5331,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2278
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -5127,17 +5339,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2191
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2193
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2195
+#: release-manual.xml:2287
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -5146,12 +5358,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
+#: release-manual.xml:2292
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
+#: release-manual.xml:2294
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -5165,7 +5377,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2205
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -5176,7 +5388,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2207
+#: release-manual.xml:2299
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -5188,14 +5400,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2210
+#: release-manual.xml:2302
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2212
+#: release-manual.xml:2304
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -5204,7 +5416,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2215
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -5212,7 +5424,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2218
+#: release-manual.xml:2310
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -5221,7 +5433,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2221
+#: release-manual.xml:2313
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -5236,7 +5448,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2226
+#: release-manual.xml:2318
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -5250,7 +5462,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2228
+#: release-manual.xml:2320
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -5259,7 +5471,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2230
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -5268,7 +5480,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:2324
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -5277,7 +5489,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2235
+#: release-manual.xml:2327
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -5286,7 +5498,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2238
+#: release-manual.xml:2330
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -5297,7 +5509,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2241
+#: release-manual.xml:2333
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -5307,7 +5519,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2246
+#: release-manual.xml:2338
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -5321,7 +5533,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2248
+#: release-manual.xml:2340
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -5331,7 +5543,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2250
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -5343,7 +5555,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2253
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -5356,7 +5568,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2256
+#: release-manual.xml:2348
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -5368,7 +5580,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2259
+#: release-manual.xml:2351
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -5385,7 +5597,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2262
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -5393,7 +5605,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2264
+#: release-manual.xml:2356
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -5407,14 +5619,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2266
+#: release-manual.xml:2358
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2268
+#: release-manual.xml:2360
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -5426,7 +5638,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2271
+#: release-manual.xml:2363
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -5435,7 +5647,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2274
+#: release-manual.xml:2366
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -5447,7 +5659,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2276
+#: release-manual.xml:2368
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -5460,7 +5672,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2279
+#: release-manual.xml:2371
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -5468,7 +5680,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2282
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -5482,7 +5694,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2377
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -5496,42 +5708,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2291
+#: release-manual.xml:2383
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2389
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2301
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2302
+#: release-manual.xml:2394
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2303
+#: release-manual.xml:2395
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2304
+#: release-manual.xml:2396
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2309
+#: release-manual.xml:2401
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2311
+#: release-manual.xml:2403
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -5543,7 +5755,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2316
+#: release-manual.xml:2408
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -5551,7 +5763,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2412
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -5559,7 +5771,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2324
+#: release-manual.xml:2416
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -5567,108 +5779,108 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2329
+#: release-manual.xml:2421
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
+#: release-manual.xml:2424
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2335 release-manual.xml:2345
+#: release-manual.xml:2427 release-manual.xml:2437
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2339
+#: release-manual.xml:2431
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2342
+#: release-manual.xml:2434
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2349
+#: release-manual.xml:2441
#, fuzzy
msgid "German"
msgstr "en alemán"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2352
+#: release-manual.xml:2444
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2355
+#: release-manual.xml:2447
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2359
+#: release-manual.xml:2451
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2362
+#: release-manual.xml:2454
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2365
+#: release-manual.xml:2457
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2369
+#: release-manual.xml:2461
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2372
+#: release-manual.xml:2464
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2375
+#: release-manual.xml:2467
msgid "el"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2379
+#: release-manual.xml:2471
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2382
+#: release-manual.xml:2474
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2385
+#: release-manual.xml:2477
msgid "jp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2481
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2392
+#: release-manual.xml:2484
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2395
+#: release-manual.xml:2487
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2402
+#: release-manual.xml:2494
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -5677,38 +5889,70 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2408
+#: release-manual.xml:2500
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2409
+#: release-manual.xml:2501
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2415
+#: release-manual.xml:2507
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2416
+#: release-manual.xml:2508
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2422
+#: release-manual.xml:2514
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: release-manual.xml:2516
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
"live/'>HTTP </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/."
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid "after you have modified your sources.list:"
+#~ msgstr "después de modificar su sources.list:"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Okay. This should be all if you have no additional packages installed. "
+#~ "Now the upgrade process start to replace the packages."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Eso es todo si no tiene paquetes adicionales instalados. Ahora el proceso "
+#~ "de actualización empieza a reemplazar los paquetes."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Java"
+#~ msgstr "Java"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
+#~ msgstr "modificar el modo Kiosk"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+#~ "TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode </ulink> "
+#~ "and write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings here. (esp. how "
+#~ "to change them from a schooladmin POV)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
+#~ "DebianEdu </ulink> - wiki orientado a desarrolladores"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
index 4fbb35d..fbeaf42 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-24 13:53+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-26 17:07+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-24 23:52+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Claudio Carboncini <claudio.carboncini at gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: italian <debian-edu at lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr "Manuale di Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2177
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2269
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manuale Debian per la versione Edu etch 3.0 Nome codice \"Terra\""
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-24</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-26</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Questo documento è stato inserito nel <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
"computeroutput> pacchetto il<computeroutput>2007-11-23</computeroutput>."
@@ -1287,8 +1287,8 @@ msgstr ""
"funzionare<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1344 release-manual.xml:1934
-#: release-manual.xml:1969 release-manual.xml:2049
+#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1369 release-manual.xml:2018
+#: release-manual.xml:2053 release-manual.xml:2133
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -2524,8 +2524,8 @@ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:859 release-manual.xml:892 release-manual.xml:986
-#: release-manual.xml:1485 release-manual.xml:1496 release-manual.xml:1601
-#: release-manual.xml:1887 release-manual.xml:1901 release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1555 release-manual.xml:1566 release-manual.xml:1671
+#: release-manual.xml:1971 release-manual.xml:1985 release-manual.xml:2000
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
@@ -3022,11 +3022,13 @@ msgstr "Aggiornamenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1054
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian Edu/"
"Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by "
-"applicable law. </emphasis>"
+"applicable law. </emphasis> Please read this chapter completly before "
+"attempting to upgrade."
msgstr ""
"Prima di spiegare come aggiornare occorre fare attenzione che "
"l'aggiornamento in un server funzionante è fatto a proprio rischio . "
@@ -3145,13 +3147,15 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1087
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The main problem is here that the System Volumegroup is quit small since the "
-"data in this Partitions is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on an 8GB "
-"large Virtual Pc, the upgrade failed since it was not possible to free more "
-"space on the vg_sytem. Please note that you should have about 1,5GB free "
-"space on /var and about 600MB free space on /usr. If this is not fullfilled "
-"the upgrade will fail because of too less space on the device."
+"The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the "
+"data in this partition is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on a "
+"virtual machine with an 8GB harddrive, the upgrade failed since it was not "
+"possible to free more space on the vg_sytem. Please note that you should "
+"have about 1,5GB free space on /var and about 600MB free space on /usr. If "
+"this is not the case the upgrade will fail because of too little free space "
+"on the device."
msgstr ""
"Il problema principale è che il System Volumegroup è abbastanza piccolo in "
"quanto i dati che vi risiedono sono nella maggioranza statici. Quando si "
@@ -3163,29 +3167,34 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1092
-msgid "Prepare the System"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Prepare the system"
msgstr "Preparazione del sistema"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1094
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If you have enough space in the vg_system Volumegroup but not in the lv_var- "
-"Partition you have to resize this partition:"
+"If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var "
+"partition, you have to resize this partition:"
msgstr ""
"Se si ha abbastanza spazio in vg_system Volumegroup ma non nella partizione "
"lv_var- occorre ridimensionare questa partizione:"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1095
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1096
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"1.) Umount the partition (don't forget that you'll have to umount for this /"
-"var/spool/squid, too):"
+"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
+"have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid </computeroutput> "
+"partition for this to work, too:"
msgstr ""
-"1.) Smontare la partizione (non dimenticare di smontare anche /var/spool/"
-"squid):"
+"Puoi esaminare la sorgente di <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
+"computeroutput> da anonimo con il comando seguente (occorre avere il "
+"pacchetto <computeroutput>subversion </computeroutput> istallato):"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1095
+#: release-manual.xml:1099
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -3197,45 +3206,46 @@ msgstr ""
"umount -fl /var ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1100
-msgid "2.) fsck the Partition:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1104
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "2.) fsck the partition:"
msgstr "2.) fsck nella partizione:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1100
+#: release-manual.xml:1104
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1103
+#: release-manual.xml:1107
msgid "3.) resize the partition:"
msgstr "3.) ridimensionare la partizione:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1103
+#: release-manual.xml:1107
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1106
+#: release-manual.xml:1110
msgid "4.) resize the filesystem:"
msgstr "4.) ridimensionare il filesystem:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1106
+#: release-manual.xml:1110
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1109
+#: release-manual.xml:1113
msgid "5.) mount the partitions again:"
msgstr "5.) montare le partizioni di nuovo:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1109
+#: release-manual.xml:1113
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -3246,13 +3256,35 @@ msgstr ""
"mount /var/spool/squid\n"
"/etc/init.d/squid start ]]"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1121
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
+"contain these lines"
+msgstr ""
+"Vedere il codice in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> per "
+"avere informazioni su come queste variabili vanno usate."
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1123
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
+"deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main \n"
+"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
+msgstr ""
+"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free \n"
+"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1117
-msgid "Now start the upgrade with:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1129
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "And start the upgrade with:"
msgstr "Ora incominciamo a ad aggiornare con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1118
+#: release-manual.xml:1130
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -3261,38 +3293,31 @@ msgstr ""
"aptitude update \n"
"aptitude dist-upgrade ]]"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1123
-msgid "after you have modified your sources.list:"
-msgstr "dopo aver modificato il file sources.list:"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1138
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
+msgstr "Risposte a Debconf che appaiono durante l'aggiornamento"
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1124
-#, no-wrap
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1140
msgid ""
-"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free \n"
-"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
+"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
+"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
+"a very plain fresh installation of an mainserver + terminalserver."
msgstr ""
-"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free \n"
-"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1132
-msgid "Answers to Debconf Questions raising during upgrade"
-msgstr "Risposte a Debconf che appaiono durante l'aggiornamento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1134
-msgid ""
-"Okay we'll give yo here some hints, what you should answer when some debconf "
-"Questions comes up. But please note. This upgrade HowTo is based on a very "
-"plain fresh installation of an mainserver + terminalserver. So which "
-"questions raises up in addition to that depends on what is additionally "
-"installed on your system (which isn't included per default in the sarge "
-"based Debian Edu Release). So if there are any questions where you don't "
-"know what to answer, don't hesitate to ask us at the Mailinglist (<ulink "
-"url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </"
-"ulink>) or at IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
+#: release-manual.xml:1142
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here "
+"depends on what is additionally installed on your system. (Additionally to "
+"what is installed as default in the sarge based Debian Edu release). So if "
+"there are any questions which you don't know how to answer, don't hesitate "
+"to ask us at the mailinglist (<ulink url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian."
+"org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) or at IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-"
+"edu."
msgstr ""
"Qui diamo alcuni consigli e accorgimenti su come si dovrebbe rispondere a "
"qualche domanda di debconf. Ma prendi nota. Questo HowTo di aggiornamento si "
@@ -3304,122 +3329,132 @@ msgstr ""
"edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) o IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1137
+#: release-manual.xml:1145
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr "* Configurare nagios-common."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1139
+#: release-manual.xml:1147
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Here you have to enter an passwort for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
+"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
msgstr ""
"Occorre inserire una password per l'utente <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1144
+#: release-manual.xml:1152
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr "* Configurare console-data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1145
-msgid "Choose here \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
+#: release-manual.xml:1153
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Choose \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
msgstr "Scegliere \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1148
+#: release-manual.xml:1156
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr "* Configurare openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1149
-msgid "Don't deaktivate here the challenge-response Auth."
+#: release-manual.xml:1157
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
msgstr "Non disattivare la challenge-response Auth."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1152
+#: release-manual.xml:1160
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr "* Configurare systat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1153
+#: release-manual.xml:1161
msgid "Choose the default (yes) here."
msgstr "Scegliere il default (yes)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1156
+#: release-manual.xml:1164
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr "* Configurare popularity-contest"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1157
+#: release-manual.xml:1165
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"You should choose yes here, this would help us to improve debian-edu. (We'll "
-"get an weekly report which programs are how often used). Of course "
-"anonymously."
+"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
+"weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
+"anonymously and you have the option to say \"no\"."
msgstr ""
"Si dovrebbe scegliere yes qui, questo ci potrebbe aiutare a migliorare "
"debian-edu. (Riporteremo un report settimanale su quali programmi sono più "
"usati). Naturalmente in maniera anonima."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1160
+#: release-manual.xml:1168
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr "* Configure libnss-ldap"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1162
+#: release-manual.xml:1170
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr "Al prompt inserire: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1166
+#: release-manual.xml:1174
msgid ""
"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr "Al prompt inserire: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1169
+#: release-manual.xml:1177
msgid "Use ldapversion 3 here"
msgstr "Usare qui ldapversion 3"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1170
-msgid "Which Account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
+#: release-manual.xml:1178
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
msgstr "Quale acconto dovrebbe usare root per ldap lookups FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1171
+#: release-manual.xml:1179
msgid "Which password should root use here FIXME"
msgstr "Quale password dovrebbe usare root qui FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1174
-msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer Yes here."
+#: release-manual.xml:1182
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Aggiornare ora glibc. Rispondere qui Yes."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1176
-msgid "* Restart Services. Answer Yes here."
+#: release-manual.xml:1184
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "* Restart Services. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Lanciare di nuovo i Servizi. Risponder qui Yes."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1178
+#: release-manual.xml:1186
msgid ""
-"Okay. This should be all if you have no additional packages installed. Now "
-"the upgrade process start to replace the packages."
+"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
+"packages installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1188
+msgid "Now the upgrade process will start to upgrade the packages."
msgstr ""
-"Okay. Questo dovrebbe essere tutto se non ci sono altri pacchetti "
-"particolari installati. Ora l'aggiornamento parte per rimpiazzare i "
-"pacchetti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1180
+#: release-manual.xml:1190
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Please note here: The Installer will ask several times if you want to keep "
-"your old modified Version of an Configfile or if you want to get the latest. "
-"The default is to keep your modified one. Please chooose always: Install the "
-"latest one."
+"Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old "
+"modified version of a configfile or if you want to get the latest. The "
+"default is to keep your modified one. Unless you really have modified "
+"something, please always choose: \"Install the latest one\"."
msgstr ""
"Attenzione: L'Installer domanderà diverse volte se si vuole lasciare la "
"vecchia configurazione del file o si vuole aggiornare all'ultima. Il default "
@@ -3427,12 +3462,12 @@ msgstr ""
"l'ultima."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1182
+#: release-manual.xml:1192
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr "L'aggiornamento si interrompe con questo messaggio:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1183
+#: release-manual.xml:1193
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3448,7 +3483,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1189
+#: release-manual.xml:1199
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -3463,33 +3498,35 @@ msgstr ""
"</emphasis>. Poi occorre riavviare il processo di aggiornamento con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1193
+#: release-manual.xml:1203
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1195
-msgid "Now the upgrade work again:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1205
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Now the upgrade continues:"
msgstr "Ancora lavoro per aggiornare:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1207
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr "* Alcuni file di configurazione modificati (nagios)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1198
+#: release-manual.xml:1208
msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
msgstr "Dovresti sempre lasciare quello installato (default) e premere enter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1201
-msgid "Then the installation failed another time:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1211
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Then the installation failes another time:"
msgstr "Quando l'installazione si interrompe più tardi:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1202
+#: release-manual.xml:1212
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3503,12 +3540,13 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1207
+#: release-manual.xml:1217
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"In order to fix this rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
-"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since ldap now runs not "
-"as root butas user <emphasis>openldap </emphasis> the permissions of the "
-"configuration files have to be changed:"
+"In order to fix this, rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
+"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since openldap now runs "
+"as user <emphasis>openldap </emphasis> (instead of as root) the permissions "
+"of the configuration files have to be changed:"
msgstr ""
"Per correggere questo errore occorre rinominare questa directory: <emphasis>/"
"var/backups/dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> e dato "
@@ -3516,7 +3554,7 @@ msgstr ""
"emphasis> i permessi dei file di configurazione devono essere cambiati:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1210
+#: release-manual.xml:1220
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -3526,7 +3564,7 @@ msgstr ""
"apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1213
+#: release-manual.xml:1223
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without </"
"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
@@ -3537,18 +3575,18 @@ msgstr ""
"riavviare dist-upgrade di nuovo con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1215
+#: release-manual.xml:1225
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1217
+#: release-manual.xml:1227
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr "Il prossimo errore è questo:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1218
+#: release-manual.xml:1228
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3560,24 +3598,24 @@ msgstr ""
"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1222
+#: release-manual.xml:1232
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr "Occorre rimuovere il pacchetto: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> con"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1224
+#: release-manual.xml:1234
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1226
+#: release-manual.xml:1236
msgid ""
"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr "e aspettare fino alla fine.Poi riavviare di nuovo dist-upgrade."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1228
+#: release-manual.xml:1238
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors."
@@ -3586,12 +3624,12 @@ msgstr ""
"altri errori."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1233
+#: release-manual.xml:1243
msgid "Problem upgrading bind"
msgstr "Problemi nell'aggiornamento di bind"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1235
+#: release-manual.xml:1245
msgid ""
"The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so "
"you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
@@ -3600,13 +3638,13 @@ msgstr ""
"cambiare il proprietario di tutti i file di configurazione di bind."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1236
+#: release-manual.xml:1246
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1238
+#: release-manual.xml:1248
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?"
"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for more information."
@@ -3614,13 +3652,55 @@ msgstr ""
"Vedere per maggiori informazioni <ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/"
"bugreport.cgi?bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink>."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1254
+msgid "Samba groupmaps handeling changed"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1256
+msgid ""
+"There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and "
+"etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also "
+"a samba group. In etch samba keeps groupmap information in the LDAP "
+"database. Unfortunatly this issue was discovered too late for our LDAP admin "
+"tool \"lwat\" to be aware of the situation."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1258
+msgid ""
+"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
+"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
+"operation. Create the Domain Admins account with the command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1259
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
+" type=domain ntgroup=\"Domain Admins\" \\\n"
+" comment=\"All system administrators in the school\"\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1264
+msgid ""
+"If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, "
+"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
+"detail in the <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo/NetworkClients</link> "
+"chapter of this manual."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1245
+#: release-manual.xml:1270
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr "Aggiornamenti da installazioni Debian Edu / Skolelinux più vecchie"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1247
+#: release-manual.xml:1272
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
@@ -3635,39 +3715,39 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>. Poi occorre fare l'aggiornamento a Terrra (versione etch)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1254
+#: release-manual.xml:1279
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr "HowTo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1256
+#: release-manual.xml:1281
msgid ""
"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
msgstr ""
"HowTo per <link linkend=\"Administration\">amministrazione generale</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1259
+#: release-manual.xml:1284
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"Desktop\">il desktop</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1262
+#: release-manual.xml:1287
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">client della rete</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1265
+#: release-manual.xml:1290
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">insegnare e imparare</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1272
+#: release-manual.xml:1297
msgid "HowTos for general administration"
msgstr "HowTo per l'amministrazione generale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1274
+#: release-manual.xml:1299
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
"linkend=\"Maintainance\">Maintainance</link> chapters describe how to get "
@@ -3680,7 +3760,7 @@ msgstr ""
"questo capitolo sono già accorgimenti e trucchi \"avanzati\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1280
+#: release-manual.xml:1305
msgid ""
"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
@@ -3688,39 +3768,39 @@ msgstr ""
"server principale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1281
+#: release-manual.xml:1306
msgid "barebone install using debian-edu-expert"
msgstr "installazione di barebone con l'uso di debian-edu-expert"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1282
+#: release-manual.xml:1307
msgid "install the packages for the service"
msgstr "installare il pacchetto per il servizio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1283
+#: release-manual.xml:1308
msgid "configure the service"
msgstr "configurare ilo servizio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1284
+#: release-manual.xml:1309
msgid "disable the service on main-server"
msgstr "disattivare il servizio nel server principale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1285
+#: release-manual.xml:1310
msgid "update dns on main-server"
msgstr "aggiornare il dns sul server principale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1291
+#: release-manual.xml:1316
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
msgstr ""
"Tenere traccia della directory /etc/ con la versione svk per il controllo "
"del sistema "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1293
+#: release-manual.xml:1318
msgid ""
"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </"
"computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ </"
@@ -3738,7 +3818,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1298
+#: release-manual.xml:1323
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
@@ -3749,12 +3829,12 @@ msgstr ""
"fatti in <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> sono registrati ogni ora."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1301
+#: release-manual.xml:1326
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr "Elenco di comandi utili:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1302
+#: release-manual.xml:1327
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -3772,12 +3852,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1311
+#: release-manual.xml:1336
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr "Esempi di uso"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1313
+#: release-manual.xml:1338
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
@@ -3786,7 +3866,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sono stati fatti dall'installazione iniziale:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1316
+#: release-manual.xml:1341
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
@@ -3796,12 +3876,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1319
+#: release-manual.xml:1344
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
msgstr "Per vedere i cambiamenti fatti in /etc/, usare questo comando:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1322
+#: release-manual.xml:1347
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less \n"
@@ -3811,14 +3891,14 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1325
+#: release-manual.xml:1350
msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
msgstr ""
"Per vedere i cambiamenti effettuati su un determinato file occorre "
"specificarlo:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1328
+#: release-manual.xml:1353
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
@@ -3828,7 +3908,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1331
+#: release-manual.xml:1356
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
@@ -3838,7 +3918,7 @@ msgstr ""
"automaticamente:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1334
+#: release-manual.xml:1359
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -3848,14 +3928,14 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1337
+#: release-manual.xml:1362
msgid ""
"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr ""
"Per registrare i manualmente cambiamenti di un file senza aspettare un'ora:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1340
+#: release-manual.xml:1365
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf \n"
@@ -3865,7 +3945,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1343
+#: release-manual.xml:1368
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -3874,7 +3954,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ignorarlo. Questa operazione è raramente utile<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1350
+#: release-manual.xml:1375
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored \n"
@@ -3884,12 +3964,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1356
+#: release-manual.xml:1381
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
msgstr "Per coloro che aggiornano da sarge/woody"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1358
+#: release-manual.xml:1383
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -3900,7 +3980,7 @@ msgstr ""
"svk una volta con il seguente comando come root:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1361
+#: release-manual.xml:1386
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -3910,7 +3990,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1364
+#: release-manual.xml:1389
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
@@ -3918,12 +3998,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Il comando aggiunge in /etc tutti i file a svk e attiva il commit cronjob."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1370
+#: release-manual.xml:1395
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr "Ridimensionare partizioni"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1372
+#: release-manual.xml:1397
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -3938,7 +4018,7 @@ msgstr ""
"queste non siano montate."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1374
+#: release-manual.xml:1399
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -3952,7 +4032,7 @@ msgstr ""
"creare più partizioni piccole che una molto ampia."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1376
+#: release-manual.xml:1401
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
@@ -3977,12 +4057,12 @@ msgstr ""
"effettivamente il file system."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1385
+#: release-manual.xml:1410
msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
msgstr "Amministrazione dei volumi logici"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1387
+#: release-manual.xml:1412
msgid ""
"Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink "
@@ -3993,119 +4073,191 @@ msgstr ""
"www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>LVM HowTo </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1394
+#: release-manual.xml:1419
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr "Usare volatile.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1396 release-manual.xml:1403
-msgid "FIXME: describe how to..."
-msgstr "FIXME: descrivere come..."
+#: release-manual.xml:1421
+msgid ""
+"Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
+"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
+"default installations."
+msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1401
-msgid "Using backports.org"
-msgstr "Usare backports.org"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1426
+msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
+msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1408
-msgid "Java"
-msgstr "Java"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1428
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>ruolo</emphasis>:"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1430
+msgid ""
+"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
+"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
+"for the full time of a stable release. The main goal of volatile is allowing "
+"system administrators to update their systems in a nice, consistent way, "
+"without getting the drawbacks of using unstable, even without getting the "
+"drawbacks for the selected packages. So debian-volatile will only contain "
+"changes to stable programs that are necessary to keep them functional."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1436
+msgid "How to use volatile"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1438
+msgid ""
+"Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
+"archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
+"you do not have to add this key manually to roots keyring anymore. Just add "
+"the following line to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
+"computeroutput>:"
+msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1411
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1443
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
+"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-"apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
+"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
"]]"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1417 release-manual.xml:1844 release-manual.xml:1942
-msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
-msgstr "HowTo da wiki.debian.org"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1419 release-manual.xml:1846 release-manual.xml:1944
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1446
msgid ""
-"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
-"specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them "
-"over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to "
-"find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the "
-"GPL.)"
+"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
+"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
-"Gli HowTo a <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki."
-"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> sono specifici per utenti o "
-"sviluppatori. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them "
-"over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to "
-"find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the "
-"GPL.)"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1447
-msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
-msgstr "HowTo per il desktop"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1453
-msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
-msgstr "Modo Kiosk di KDE"
+msgid "Using backports.org"
+msgstr "Usare backports.org"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1455
msgid ""
-"FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
-"TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode </ulink> and "
-"write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings here. (esp. how to "
-"change them from a schooladmin POV)"
+"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
+"It runs great, there is just one problem sometimes: some software is a "
+"little bit more outdated as you like. This is where backports.org come in."
msgstr ""
-"FIXME: vedere <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
-"TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode </ulink> e "
-"scrivere una descrizione pulita del setting di kiosk mode. (esp. how to "
-"change them from a schooladmin POV)"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1463
-msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
-msgstr "Modifcare il login screen di kdm"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1465
+#: release-manual.xml:1457
msgid ""
-"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
-"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
-"computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default."
+"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
+"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
+"without new libraries (wherever it is possible) on a stable Debian "
+"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role='strong'>We recommend you to "
+"pick out single backports which fits your needs, and not to use all "
+"backports available there. </emphasis> Please follow the instructions on "
+"<ulink url='http://www.backports.org'>http://www.backports.org </ulink> to "
+"use these backports."
msgstr ""
-"In Debian/Etch, il modo per personalizzare il login screem di kdm è "
-"cambiato. Ora è attivato aggiungendo un file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/"
-"kdm.d/ </computeroutput> specificando le variabili che sovrascrivono il "
-"default."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1468
+#: release-manual.xml:1461
msgid ""
-"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} "
-"package:"
+"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
+"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
+"computeroutput> can use this repository <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"SecureApt'>securily </ulink>. This is done by running these commands as root:"
msgstr ""
-"Sotto un esempio usato per attivare il tema nel pacchetto {{desktop-base}}}:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1469
+#: release-manual.xml:1467
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
+"# install the debian-keyring securily\n"
+"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
+"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily\n"
+"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
+"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
+"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add - \n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Java\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
+"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
+"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
+"<title>HowTos for the desktop\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>KDE Kiosk mode\n"
+"</title><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
+"<para>FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode\n"
+"</ulink> and write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings here. (esp. how to change them from a schooladmin POV) \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Modifying the kdm login screen\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/\n"
+"</computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} package: \n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
"THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\"\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
-"THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\"\n"
-"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1473
+#: release-manual.xml:1543
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
@@ -4114,12 +4266,12 @@ msgstr ""
"avere informazioni su come queste variabili vanno usate."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1479
+#: release-manual.xml:1549
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1481
+#: release-manual.xml:1551
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. It "
@@ -4134,7 +4286,7 @@ msgstr ""
"documenting this if it does not work. pere 2007-07-12]."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1488
+#: release-manual.xml:1558
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch "
"[pere 2007-07-12]"
@@ -4143,7 +4295,7 @@ msgstr ""
"[pere 2007-07-12]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1490
+#: release-manual.xml:1560
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
@@ -4152,7 +4304,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Funziona sia con konqueror che firefox."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1492
+#: release-manual.xml:1562
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
@@ -4166,7 +4318,7 @@ msgstr ""
"come root."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1499 release-manual.xml:1919
+#: release-manual.xml:1569 release-manual.xml:2003
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -4179,7 +4331,7 @@ msgstr ""
"assicurare un download sicuro."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1503
+#: release-manual.xml:1573
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
@@ -4188,7 +4340,7 @@ msgstr ""
"root fare il download via webbrowser o con wget:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1504
+#: release-manual.xml:1574
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4198,7 +4350,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1507
+#: release-manual.xml:1577
msgid ""
"If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
@@ -4206,7 +4358,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cosa occorre rimuoverlo:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1508
+#: release-manual.xml:1578
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -4216,12 +4368,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1511
+#: release-manual.xml:1581
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr "Poi installare"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1512
+#: release-manual.xml:1582
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4231,17 +4383,17 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1518
+#: release-manual.xml:1588
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Altri plugin utili"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1520
+#: release-manual.xml:1590
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr "Dopo aver aggiunto il repository per il multimedia:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1521
+#: release-manual.xml:1591
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -4251,12 +4403,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1527
+#: release-manual.xml:1597
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr "Far funzionare DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1529
+#: release-manual.xml:1599
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -4267,7 +4419,7 @@ msgstr ""
"di usarla si può scaricare il pacchetto da debian-multimedia.org."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1531
+#: release-manual.xml:1601
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
@@ -4276,7 +4428,7 @@ msgstr ""
"trovare un mirror, o aggiungere "
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1532
+#: release-manual.xml:1602
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -4286,7 +4438,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1535
+#: release-manual.xml:1605
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
@@ -4295,12 +4447,12 @@ msgstr ""
"multimedia (debian-multimedia-keyring)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1537
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr "Installare multimedia e librerie dvd"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1538
+#: release-manual.xml:1608
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -4310,17 +4462,17 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1545
+#: release-manual.xml:1615
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr "HowTo per i client di rete"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1551
+#: release-manual.xml:1621
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Thin Clients vs workstation senza disco"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1553
+#: release-manual.xml:1623
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -4333,17 +4485,17 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1559
+#: release-manual.xml:1629
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr "LTSP in dettaglio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1563
+#: release-manual.xml:1633
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr "lts.conf"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1565
+#: release-manual.xml:1635
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -4358,7 +4510,7 @@ msgstr ""
"quali parametri si può specificare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1569
+#: release-manual.xml:1639
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -4371,7 +4523,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1573
+#: release-manual.xml:1643
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
@@ -4380,7 +4532,7 @@ msgstr ""
"1280x1024 aggiungere qualcosa di questo genere:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1576
+#: release-manual.xml:1646
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -4396,12 +4548,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1582
+#: release-manual.xml:1652
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr "in qualche posto sotto la sezione default."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1584
+#: release-manual.xml:1654
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
@@ -4410,7 +4562,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(premendo alt+ctrl+backspace) o riavviare il client."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1586
+#: release-manual.xml:1656
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -4423,12 +4575,13 @@ msgstr ""
"conf </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1593
-msgid "load balancing LTSP servers"
+#: release-manual.xml:1663
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr "equilibrare il carico sui server LTSP"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1595
+#: release-manual.xml:1665
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -4447,7 +4600,7 @@ msgstr ""
"includere la chiave ssh dell'host per ognuno dei server."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1604
+#: release-manual.xml:1674
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
@@ -4456,12 +4609,12 @@ msgstr ""
"0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 è stata inclusa nella 3.0r1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1609
+#: release-manual.xml:1679
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1611
+#: release-manual.xml:1681
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -4470,27 +4623,28 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1613
+#: release-manual.xml:1683
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1615
+#: release-manual.xml:1685
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1621
-msgid "Connecting windows machines to the network / windows integration"
+#: release-manual.xml:1691
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Connettere macchine windows alla rete / integrazione con windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1625
+#: release-manual.xml:1695
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr "Collegarsi al dominio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1627
+#: release-manual.xml:1697
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -4503,7 +4657,7 @@ msgstr ""
"degli utenti e autenticare gli utenti attraverso il login."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1629
+#: release-manual.xml:1699
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
@@ -4512,14 +4666,14 @@ msgstr ""
"richiesti:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1631
+#: release-manual.xml:1701
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr "1. Creare un utente (se non esiste) come membro del gruppo \"admins\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1633
+#: release-manual.xml:1703
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -4534,12 +4688,12 @@ msgstr ""
"collegarsi in quanto non c'è la password di root per Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1638
+#: release-manual.xml:1708
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Configurare i client Windows come host statici"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1640
+#: release-manual.xml:1710
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -4561,7 +4715,7 @@ msgstr ""
"l'autenticazione al dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
+#: release-manual.xml:1714
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
@@ -4571,7 +4725,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(nome dell'host e configurazione ip)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1645
+#: release-manual.xml:1715
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
@@ -4580,13 +4734,13 @@ msgstr ""
"non troverà l'the host aggiunto nel passo 2."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1648
+#: release-manual.xml:1718
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
"4. Collegarsi al dominio normaalmente usando l'utente definito al passo 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1649
+#: release-manual.xml:1719
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -4610,7 +4764,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1652
+#: release-manual.xml:1722
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -4625,13 +4779,39 @@ msgstr ""
"cache di squid installata su tjener) e salvare i file in H: volume invece di "
"\"Own files\"."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1726
+msgid "User groups in Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1728
+msgid ""
+"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
+"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
+"available in Windows eg for netlogon scripts or other group dependant "
+"actions, you can add them using variations of the following command. Samba "
+"will function without these groupmaps, but Windows machines won't be group "
+"aware."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1732
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
+" type=domain ntgroup=\"students\" \\\n"
+" comment=\"All students in the school\"\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1657
+#: release-manual.xml:1741
msgid "XP home"
msgstr "XP home"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1659
+#: release-manual.xml:1743
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -4645,12 +4825,12 @@ msgstr ""
"rete."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1664
+#: release-manual.xml:1748
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr "Amministrare profili roaming"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1666
+#: release-manual.xml:1750
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -4668,7 +4848,7 @@ msgstr ""
"attraverso il server."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1668
+#: release-manual.xml:1752
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -4685,7 +4865,7 @@ msgstr ""
"usano il profilo per scrivere dati."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1670
+#: release-manual.xml:1754
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -4698,7 +4878,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ascoltare dire loro di non lamentarsi se il loro login è molto lento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1673
+#: release-manual.xml:1757
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -4715,24 +4895,24 @@ msgstr ""
"rimuovere dal profilo dell'utente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1678 release-manual.xml:1761
+#: release-manual.xml:1762 release-manual.xml:1845
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr "Usare una politica per le macchine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1680
+#: release-manual.xml:1764
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
"si può modificare la policy della macchina e copiarla in altri computer."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1681
+#: release-manual.xml:1765
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
"scegliere un computer con windows appena installato e esegui gpedit.msc"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1683
+#: release-manual.xml:1767
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -4747,37 +4927,37 @@ msgstr ""
"linguaggio utilizzato. Esempi di directory da escludere sono"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1684
+#: release-manual.xml:1768
msgid "log"
msgstr "log"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1685
+#: release-manual.xml:1769
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr "Setting locale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1686 release-manual.xml:1689
+#: release-manual.xml:1770 release-manual.xml:1773
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr "File temporanei internet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1687
+#: release-manual.xml:1771
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr "Documenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1688
+#: release-manual.xml:1772
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr "Application Data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1692
+#: release-manual.xml:1776
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr "Salvare i cambiamenti e uscire dall'editor dei testi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1694
+#: release-manual.xml:1778
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
@@ -4786,7 +4966,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in tutte le altre macchine windows."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1696
+#: release-manual.xml:1780
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
@@ -4795,12 +4975,12 @@ msgstr ""
"durante l'installazione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1704 release-manual.xml:1777 release-manual.xml:1802
+#: release-manual.xml:1788 release-manual.xml:1861 release-manual.xml:1886
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr "Usare una politica globale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1706
+#: release-manual.xml:1790
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -4817,12 +4997,12 @@ msgstr ""
"qui... FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1711
+#: release-manual.xml:1795
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr "Modificare il registro di Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1713
+#: release-manual.xml:1797
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
@@ -4831,12 +5011,12 @@ msgstr ""
"chiave di registro sugli altri computer"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1714
+#: release-manual.xml:1798
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr "Esegui Registry Editor."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1716
+#: release-manual.xml:1800
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
@@ -4845,19 +5025,19 @@ msgstr ""
"\\Windows NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1720
+#: release-manual.xml:1804
msgid ""
"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Usare il menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1724
+#: release-manual.xml:1808
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr "Scrivere <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1727
+#: release-manual.xml:1811
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
@@ -4866,7 +5046,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(lo stesso per la politica delle macchine)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1730
+#: release-manual.xml:1814
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -4877,17 +5057,17 @@ msgstr ""
"doppio click su questo per modificare il registro delle altre macchine."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1732
+#: release-manual.xml:1816
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Sorgenti:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1755
+#: release-manual.xml:1839
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr "Redirigere parti di profilo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1757
+#: release-manual.xml:1841
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -4901,7 +5081,7 @@ msgstr ""
"programmi non ben programmati usati nella rete."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1763
+#: release-manual.xml:1847
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -4915,7 +5095,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Documenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1765
+#: release-manual.xml:1849
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -4926,14 +5106,14 @@ msgstr ""
"si vuole utilizzare questa caratteristica si dovrebbe disabilitare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1767
+#: release-manual.xml:1851
msgid ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1770
+#: release-manual.xml:1854
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
@@ -4942,22 +5122,22 @@ msgstr ""
"Files"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1779
+#: release-manual.xml:1863
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr "FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1785
+#: release-manual.xml:1869
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr "Evitare i profili roaming"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1789
+#: release-manual.xml:1873
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr "Usare una policy locale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1791
+#: release-manual.xml:1875
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -4968,14 +5148,14 @@ msgstr ""
"esempio macchine dedicate, o macchine che dispongono di poca banda."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1793
+#: release-manual.xml:1877
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
"Si può usare il metodo della policy delle macchine descritta sopra, la "
"chiave si trova in"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1795
+#: release-manual.xml:1879
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
@@ -4984,17 +5164,17 @@ msgstr ""
"profiles"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1804
+#: release-manual.xml:1888
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr "FIXME: quale la chiave dei profili roaming per la politica global"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1809
+#: release-manual.xml:1893
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr "modificare la configurazione samba"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1811
+#: release-manual.xml:1895
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5009,7 +5189,7 @@ msgstr ""
"path e logon home, poi riavviare samba."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1814
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5021,12 +5201,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1823
+#: release-manual.xml:1907
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr "Desktop remoti con RDP, VNC, NX o Citrix"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1825
+#: release-manual.xml:1909
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -5037,7 +5217,7 @@ msgstr ""
"che hanno Windows, Mac o Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1827
+#: release-manual.xml:1911
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5046,7 +5226,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1831
+#: release-manual.xml:1915
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5055,7 +5235,7 @@ msgstr ""
"occorre installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1834
+#: release-manual.xml:1918
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5068,7 +5248,7 @@ msgstr ""
"detto che questa soluzione è stabile."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1836
+#: release-manual.xml:1920
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
@@ -5076,18 +5256,40 @@ msgstr ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> per accedere a Windows terminal server da Skolelinux."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1928 release-manual.xml:2026
+msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
+msgstr "HowTo da wiki.debian.org"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1930 release-manual.xml:2028
+msgid ""
+"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
+"specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them "
+"over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to "
+"find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the "
+"GPL.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Gli HowTo a <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> sono specifici per utenti o "
+"sviluppatori. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them "
+"over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to "
+"find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the "
+"GPL.)"
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1862
+#: release-manual.xml:1946
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr "HowTo per insegnare e imparare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1868
+#: release-manual.xml:1952
msgid "moodle"
msgstr "moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1870
+#: release-manual.xml:1954
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
@@ -5096,7 +5298,7 @@ msgstr ""
"per installare moodle."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1957
msgid ""
"Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and "
"credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc."
@@ -5105,12 +5307,12 @@ msgstr ""
"crediti. FIXME: più esempi, etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1878
+#: release-manual.xml:1962
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr "Monitorare gli allievi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1880
+#: release-manual.xml:1964
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
@@ -5119,7 +5321,7 @@ msgstr ""
"monitorare i loro studenti. FIXME: spiegare come installarlo e usarlo."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1883
+#: release-manual.xml:1967
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc\n"
@@ -5129,7 +5331,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1890
+#: release-manual.xml:1974
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
@@ -5139,12 +5341,12 @@ msgstr ""
"giurisdizione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
+#: release-manual.xml:1980
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr "Limitare agli allievi l'accesso alla rete"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1982
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
@@ -5153,7 +5355,7 @@ msgstr ""
"internet. FIXME: spiegare come si installa e si usa."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1904
+#: release-manual.xml:1988
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -5164,12 +5366,12 @@ msgstr ""
"etico o illegale nella giurisdizione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1910
+#: release-manual.xml:1994
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr "Installare swi-prolog in etch"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1912
+#: release-manual.xml:1996
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -5180,7 +5382,7 @@ msgstr ""
"un sistema etch."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1924
+#: release-manual.xml:2008
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -5200,7 +5402,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1932
+#: release-manual.xml:2016
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -5209,7 +5411,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1947
+#: release-manual.xml:2031
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -5220,22 +5422,22 @@ msgstr ""
"interessante"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1956
+#: release-manual.xml:2040
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Contribuire"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1960
+#: release-manual.xml:2044
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr "Facci sapere che esisti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1963
+#: release-manual.xml:2047
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1968
+#: release-manual.xml:2052
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -5247,7 +5449,7 @@ msgstr ""
"molto ed è già un modo concreto per contribuire. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1974
+#: release-manual.xml:2058
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -5264,12 +5466,12 @@ msgstr ""
"questa scheda</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
+#: release-manual.xml:2064
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Contribuire localmente"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1982
+#: release-manual.xml:2066
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -5280,7 +5482,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Grecia, Olanda, Giappone e nel resto del mondo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1984
+#: release-manual.xml:2068
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -5291,12 +5493,12 @@ msgstr ""
"e<emphasis>supportare </emphasis> sono le due facce della stessa medaglia."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1991
+#: release-manual.xml:2075
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Contribuire globalmente"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1993
+#: release-manual.xml:2077
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
@@ -5306,7 +5508,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ambiti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1996
+#: release-manual.xml:2080
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -5319,7 +5521,7 @@ msgstr ""
"frequentemente in incontri in presenza dove ci incontriamo di persona."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1999
+#: release-manual.xml:2083
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -5330,12 +5532,12 @@ msgstr ""
"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits'>commit</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2005
+#: release-manual.xml:2089
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "Documentazione per autori e traduttori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2007
+#: release-manual.xml:2091
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -5348,7 +5550,7 @@ msgstr ""
"conoscenza con noi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2009
+#: release-manual.xml:2093
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
@@ -5365,7 +5567,7 @@ msgstr ""
"no/UserPreferences'>crea un nuovo utente wiki </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2017
+#: release-manual.xml:2101
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -5379,7 +5581,7 @@ msgstr ""
"libro!"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2019
+#: release-manual.xml:2103
msgid ""
"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We use "
@@ -5396,22 +5598,22 @@ msgstr ""
"trasferiremo il documento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2030
+#: release-manual.xml:2114
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2034
+#: release-manual.xml:2118
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Supporto basato sui volontari"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2038
+#: release-manual.xml:2122
msgid "in english"
msgstr "in inglese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2044
+#: release-manual.xml:2128
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -5422,7 +5624,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2048
+#: release-manual.xml:2132
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -5433,12 +5635,12 @@ msgstr ""
"accade <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2059
+#: release-manual.xml:2143
msgid "in norwegian"
msgstr "in norvegese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2061
+#: release-manual.xml:2145
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -5449,7 +5651,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2065
+#: release-manual.xml:2149
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -5462,18 +5664,18 @@ msgstr ""
"in Norvegia (FRISK)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2068
+#: release-manual.xml:2152
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel per aiutare utenti norvegesi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2074
+#: release-manual.xml:2158
msgid "in german"
msgstr "in tedesco"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2076
+#: release-manual.xml:2160
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
@@ -5482,7 +5684,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2080
+#: release-manual.xml:2164
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
@@ -5491,19 +5693,19 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki con molti HowTo, etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2083
+#: release-manual.xml:2167
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC canale per supportare gli utenti "
"tedeschi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2173
msgid "in french"
msgstr "in francese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:2175
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
@@ -5512,12 +5714,12 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - mailinglist di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2100
+#: release-manual.xml:2184
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Supporto professionale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2102
+#: release-manual.xml:2186
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -5528,12 +5730,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2109
+#: release-manual.xml:2193
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright e autori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2111
+#: release-manual.xml:2195
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
@@ -5547,7 +5749,7 @@ msgstr ""
"divertimento!"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2113
+#: release-manual.xml:2197
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -5559,12 +5761,12 @@ msgstr ""
"inserisci il tuo nome qui e rilascialo sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2119
+#: release-manual.xml:2203
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright di traduzione e autori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2121
+#: release-manual.xml:2205
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -5573,7 +5775,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2123
+#: release-manual.xml:2207
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"and Håvard Korsvoll and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -5582,7 +5784,7 @@ msgstr ""
"copyright 2007, sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#: release-manual.xml:2209
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
"Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert and Jürgen Leibner and is "
@@ -5593,7 +5795,7 @@ msgstr ""
"successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2127
+#: release-manual.xml:2211
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is "
"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -5602,12 +5804,12 @@ msgstr ""
"sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2132
+#: release-manual.xml:2216
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Traduzioni di questo documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2134
+#: release-manual.xml:2218
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
@@ -5616,12 +5818,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Esistono traduzione incomplete di Norvegese Bokmål, Spagnolo e Tedesco."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2138
+#: release-manual.xml:2222
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Come tradurre questo documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2140
+#: release-manual.xml:2224
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -5636,7 +5838,7 @@ msgstr ""
"iniziare a tradurre questo documento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2143
+#: release-manual.xml:2227
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -5651,7 +5853,7 @@ msgstr ""
"debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>]."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2147
+#: release-manual.xml:2231
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -5663,7 +5865,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pacchetto <computeroutput>subversion </computeroutput> istallato):"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2151
+#: release-manual.xml:2235
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -5672,7 +5874,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2156
+#: release-manual.xml:2240
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -5685,7 +5887,7 @@ msgstr ""
"suggeriamo di usare <computeroutput>kbabel </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2160
+#: release-manual.xml:2244
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
@@ -5694,7 +5896,20 @@ msgstr ""
"rights to do so) o mandare il file alla mailinglist."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2162
+#: release-manual.xml:2246
+msgid ""
+"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
+"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2249
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
+msgstr "Scrivere <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2254
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -5705,23 +5920,23 @@ msgstr ""
"esiste ancora uno o come aggiornare le traduzioni presenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2164
+#: release-manual.xml:2256
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Riporta qualsiasi tipo di problema."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2170
+#: release-manual.xml:2262
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2173
+#: release-manual.xml:2265
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2179
+#: release-manual.xml:2271
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -5734,7 +5949,7 @@ msgstr ""
"owners."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2182
+#: release-manual.xml:2274
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -5747,7 +5962,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any later version."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184
+#: release-manual.xml:2276
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -5760,7 +5975,7 @@ msgstr ""
"more details."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2278
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -5771,17 +5986,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2191
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2193
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr "Version 2, June 1991"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2195
+#: release-manual.xml:2287
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -5794,12 +6009,12 @@ msgstr ""
"allowed."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
+#: release-manual.xml:2292
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
+#: release-manual.xml:2294
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -5822,7 +6037,7 @@ msgstr ""
"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2205
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -5839,7 +6054,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Program does."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2207
+#: release-manual.xml:2299
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -5858,7 +6073,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2210
+#: release-manual.xml:2302
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
@@ -5867,7 +6082,7 @@ msgstr ""
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2212
+#: release-manual.xml:2304
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -5880,7 +6095,7 @@ msgstr ""
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2215
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -5891,7 +6106,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any change."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2218
+#: release-manual.xml:2310
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -5904,7 +6119,7 @@ msgstr ""
"all third parties under the terms of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2221
+#: release-manual.xml:2313
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -5929,7 +6144,7 @@ msgstr ""
"print an announcement.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2226
+#: release-manual.xml:2318
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -5952,7 +6167,7 @@ msgstr ""
"and every part regardless of who wrote it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2228
+#: release-manual.xml:2320
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -5965,7 +6180,7 @@ msgstr ""
"based on the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2230
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -5978,7 +6193,7 @@ msgstr ""
"License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:2324
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -5991,7 +6206,7 @@ msgstr ""
"also do one of the following:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2235
+#: release-manual.xml:2327
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -6004,7 +6219,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2238
+#: release-manual.xml:2330
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -6021,7 +6236,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2241
+#: release-manual.xml:2333
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -6036,7 +6251,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in accord with Subsection b above.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2246
+#: release-manual.xml:2338
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -6059,7 +6274,7 @@ msgstr ""
"component itself accompanies the executable."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2248
+#: release-manual.xml:2340
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -6074,7 +6289,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the object code."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2250
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -6093,7 +6308,7 @@ msgstr ""
"as such parties remain in full compliance."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2253
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -6114,7 +6329,7 @@ msgstr ""
"or works based on it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2256
+#: release-manual.xml:2348
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -6133,7 +6348,7 @@ msgstr ""
"this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2259
+#: release-manual.xml:2351
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -6162,7 +6377,7 @@ msgstr ""
"distribution of the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2262
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -6173,7 +6388,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2264
+#: release-manual.xml:2356
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -6196,7 +6411,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licensee cannot impose that choice."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2266
+#: release-manual.xml:2358
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
@@ -6205,7 +6420,7 @@ msgstr ""
"consequence of the rest of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2268
+#: release-manual.xml:2360
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -6224,7 +6439,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2271
+#: release-manual.xml:2363
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -6237,7 +6452,7 @@ msgstr ""
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2274
+#: release-manual.xml:2366
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -6256,7 +6471,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Foundation."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2276
+#: release-manual.xml:2368
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -6277,12 +6492,12 @@ msgstr ""
"generally."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2279
+#: release-manual.xml:2371
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2282
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -6305,7 +6520,7 @@ msgstr ""
"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2377
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -6328,42 +6543,42 @@ msgstr ""
"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2291
+#: release-manual.xml:2383
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2389
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr "Appendice B - Debian Edu Live CD/DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2301
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr "caratteristiche dell'immagine Standalone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2302
+#: release-manual.xml:2394
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr "Tutti i pacchetti del profilo Standalone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2303
+#: release-manual.xml:2395
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr "Tutti i pacchetti per il laptop"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2304
+#: release-manual.xml:2396
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr "Il profilo desktop KDE per studenti/allievi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2309
+#: release-manual.xml:2401
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr "Attivare traduzioni e il supporto regionale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2311
+#: release-manual.xml:2403
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -6383,122 +6598,122 @@ msgstr ""
"Segue l'elenco dei codici locali più usati:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2316
+#: release-manual.xml:2408
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Linguaggio (Regione)</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2412
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Valore locale </emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2324
+#: release-manual.xml:2416
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Layout di tastiera</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2329
+#: release-manual.xml:2421
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr "Norvegese Bokmål"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
+#: release-manual.xml:2424
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2335 release-manual.xml:2345
+#: release-manual.xml:2427 release-manual.xml:2437
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2339
+#: release-manual.xml:2431
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr "Norvegese Nynorsk"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2342
+#: release-manual.xml:2434
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2349
+#: release-manual.xml:2441
msgid "German"
msgstr "Tedesco"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2352
+#: release-manual.xml:2444
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2355
+#: release-manual.xml:2447
msgid "de"
msgstr "de"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2359
+#: release-manual.xml:2451
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr "Francese (Francia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2362
+#: release-manual.xml:2454
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2365
+#: release-manual.xml:2457
msgid "fr"
msgstr "fr"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2369
+#: release-manual.xml:2461
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr "Greco (Grecia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2372
+#: release-manual.xml:2464
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2375
+#: release-manual.xml:2467
msgid "el"
msgstr "el"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2379
+#: release-manual.xml:2471
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japanese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2382
+#: release-manual.xml:2474
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2385
+#: release-manual.xml:2477
msgid "jp"
msgstr "jp"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2481
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr "Northern Sami (Norvegia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2392
+#: release-manual.xml:2484
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr "se_NO"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2395
+#: release-manual.xml:2487
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr "no(smi)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2402
+#: release-manual.xml:2494
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -6511,33 +6726,33 @@ msgstr ""
"della tastiera si trova in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2408
+#: release-manual.xml:2500
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr "Accorgimenti da conoscere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2409
+#: release-manual.xml:2501
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
"la password per gli utenti è \"user\", root non ha una password selezionata."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2415
+#: release-manual.xml:2507
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr "Problemi noti con l'immagine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2416
+#: release-manual.xml:2508
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr "ancora niente di conosciuto."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2422
+#: release-manual.xml:2514
msgid "Download"
msgstr "Download"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: release-manual.xml:2516
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
@@ -6547,3 +6762,93 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux."
"no/cd-etch-live/'>HTTP </ulink> o rsync da ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-"
"live/."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "1.) Umount the partition (don't forget that you'll have to umount for "
+#~ "this /var/spool/squid, too):"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "1.) Smontare la partizione (non dimenticare di smontare anche /var/spool/"
+#~ "squid):"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid "after you have modified your sources.list:"
+#~ msgstr "dopo aver modificato il file sources.list:"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Okay. This should be all if you have no additional packages installed. "
+#~ "Now the upgrade process start to replace the packages."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Okay. Questo dovrebbe essere tutto se non ci sono altri pacchetti "
+#~ "particolari installati. Ora l'aggiornamento parte per rimpiazzare i "
+#~ "pacchetti."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid "FIXME: describe how to..."
+#~ msgstr "FIXME: descrivere come..."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Java"
+#~ msgstr "Java"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+#~ msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
+#~ msgstr "HowTo per il desktop"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
+#~ msgstr "Modo Kiosk di KDE"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+#~ "TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode </ulink> "
+#~ "and write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings here. (esp. how "
+#~ "to change them from a schooladmin POV)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "FIXME: vedere <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+#~ "TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode </ulink> "
+#~ "e scrivere una descrizione pulita del setting di kiosk mode. (esp. how to "
+#~ "change them from a schooladmin POV)"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
+#~ msgstr "Modifcare il login screen di kdm"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. "
+#~ "Now, it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
+#~ "computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "In Debian/Etch, il modo per personalizzare il login screem di kdm è "
+#~ "cambiato. Ora è attivato aggiungendo un file in <computeroutput>/etc/"
+#~ "default/kdm.d/ </computeroutput> specificando le variabili che "
+#~ "sovrascrivono il default."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} "
+#~ "package:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Sotto un esempio usato per attivare il tema nel pacchetto {{desktop-"
+#~ "base}}}:"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
+#~ "THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\"\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
+#~ "THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\"\n"
+#~ "]]"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
index 8693834..a6eeb5d 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-24 13:54+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-26 17:08+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-18 10:20+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Håvard Korsvoll <korsvoll at skulelinux.no>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian nynorsk <i18n-nn at lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 utgivelsesmanual"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2177
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2269
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manual for utgivelsen av Debian Edu etch 3.0 kodenavn \"Terra\""
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-24</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-26</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Dette dokumentet ble plassert i pakken <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</"
"computeroutput> på tidspunktet <computeroutput>2007-11-08 09:20 UTC</"
@@ -1246,8 +1246,8 @@ msgstr ""
"fungere <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1344 release-manual.xml:1934
-#: release-manual.xml:1969 release-manual.xml:2049
+#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1369 release-manual.xml:2018
+#: release-manual.xml:2053 release-manual.xml:2133
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -2453,8 +2453,8 @@ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:859 release-manual.xml:892 release-manual.xml:986
-#: release-manual.xml:1485 release-manual.xml:1496 release-manual.xml:1601
-#: release-manual.xml:1887 release-manual.xml:1901 release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1555 release-manual.xml:1566 release-manual.xml:1671
+#: release-manual.xml:1971 release-manual.xml:1985 release-manual.xml:2000
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
@@ -2947,11 +2947,13 @@ msgstr "Oppgraderinger"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1054
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian Edu/"
"Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by "
-"applicable law. </emphasis>"
+"applicable law. </emphasis> Please read this chapter completly before "
+"attempting to upgrade."
msgstr ""
"Før vi forklarer hvordan man oppgraderer, så vær oppmerksom på at du gjør "
"dette på en tjener i drift på egen risiko. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian "
@@ -3068,13 +3070,15 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1087
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The main problem is here that the System Volumegroup is quit small since the "
-"data in this Partitions is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on an 8GB "
-"large Virtual Pc, the upgrade failed since it was not possible to free more "
-"space on the vg_sytem. Please note that you should have about 1,5GB free "
-"space on /var and about 600MB free space on /usr. If this is not fullfilled "
-"the upgrade will fail because of too less space on the device."
+"The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the "
+"data in this partition is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on a "
+"virtual machine with an 8GB harddrive, the upgrade failed since it was not "
+"possible to free more space on the vg_sytem. Please note that you should "
+"have about 1,5GB free space on /var and about 600MB free space on /usr. If "
+"this is not the case the upgrade will fail because of too little free space "
+"on the device."
msgstr ""
"Hovedproblemet her er at systemdataområdet er ganske lite siden data på "
"denne partisjonen er for det meste statisk. Ved forsøk på å oppgradere på en "
@@ -3085,27 +3089,34 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1092
-msgid "Prepare the System"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Prepare the system"
msgstr "Forberede systemet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1094
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If you have enough space in the vg_system Volumegroup but not in the lv_var- "
-"Partition you have to resize this partition:"
+"If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var "
+"partition, you have to resize this partition:"
msgstr ""
"Viss du har nok plass i volugruppen vg_system, men ikke på lv_var-"
"partisjonen, så må du endre størrelse på denne partisjonen:"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1095
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1096
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"1.) Umount the partition (don't forget that you'll have to umount for this /"
-"var/spool/squid, too):"
+"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
+"have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid </computeroutput> "
+"partition for this to work, too:"
msgstr ""
+"Dette dokumentet ble plassert i pakken <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</"
+"computeroutput> på tidspunktet <computeroutput>2007-11-08 09:20 UTC</"
+"computeroutput>."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1095
+#: release-manual.xml:1099
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -3117,47 +3128,47 @@ msgstr ""
"umount -fl /var ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1100
+#: release-manual.xml:1104
#, fuzzy
-msgid "2.) fsck the Partition:"
+msgid "2.) fsck the partition:"
msgstr "Endre størrelse på partisjoner"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1100
+#: release-manual.xml:1104
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1103
+#: release-manual.xml:1107
#, fuzzy
msgid "3.) resize the partition:"
msgstr "Endre størrelse på partisjoner"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1103
+#: release-manual.xml:1107
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1106
+#: release-manual.xml:1110
msgid "4.) resize the filesystem:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1106
+#: release-manual.xml:1110
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1109
+#: release-manual.xml:1113
msgid "5.) mount the partitions again:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1109
+#: release-manual.xml:1113
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -3169,52 +3180,67 @@ msgstr ""
"/etc/init.d/squid start ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1117
-msgid "Now start the upgrade with:"
-msgstr "Nå kan du starte oppgraderingen med:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1121
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
+"contain these lines"
+msgstr ""
+"Se på koden i <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm</computeroutput> for å "
+"informasjon om hvordan disse variablene blir brukt."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1118
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1123
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"aptitude update \n"
-"aptitude dist-upgrade ]]"
+"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
+"deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main \n"
+"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
msgstr ""
-"aptitude update \n"
-"aptitude dist-upgrade ]]"
+"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free \n"
+"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1123
-msgid "after you have modified your sources.list:"
-msgstr "etter at du har endret filen sources.list:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1129
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "And start the upgrade with:"
+msgstr "Nå kan du starte oppgraderingen med:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1124
+#: release-manual.xml:1130
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free \n"
-"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
+"aptitude update \n"
+"aptitude dist-upgrade ]]"
msgstr ""
-"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free \n"
-"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
+"aptitude update \n"
+"aptitude dist-upgrade ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1132
-msgid "Answers to Debconf Questions raising during upgrade"
+#: release-manual.xml:1138
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr "Svar på Debconf-spørsmålene under oppgraderingen"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1140
+msgid ""
+"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
+"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
+"a very plain fresh installation of an mainserver + terminalserver."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1134
-msgid ""
-"Okay we'll give yo here some hints, what you should answer when some debconf "
-"Questions comes up. But please note. This upgrade HowTo is based on a very "
-"plain fresh installation of an mainserver + terminalserver. So which "
-"questions raises up in addition to that depends on what is additionally "
-"installed on your system (which isn't included per default in the sarge "
-"based Debian Edu Release). So if there are any questions where you don't "
-"know what to answer, don't hesitate to ask us at the Mailinglist (<ulink "
-"url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </"
-"ulink>) or at IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
+#: release-manual.xml:1142
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here "
+"depends on what is additionally installed on your system. (Additionally to "
+"what is installed as default in the sarge based Debian Edu release). So if "
+"there are any questions which you don't know how to answer, don't hesitate "
+"to ask us at the mailinglist (<ulink url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian."
+"org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) or at IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-"
+"edu."
msgstr ""
"Okay, vi vil gi deg noen hint her på hva du bør svare når noen debconf-"
"spørsmål dukker opp. Men vær oppmerksom på at denne veiledningen er basert "
@@ -3227,119 +3253,126 @@ msgstr ""
"debian.org</ulink> eller på IRC (irc.oftc.net):#debian-edu."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1137
+#: release-manual.xml:1145
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr "* Sette opp nagios-common."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1139
+#: release-manual.xml:1147
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Here you have to enter an passwort for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
+"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
msgstr ""
"Her må du skrive inn et passord for <emphasis>nagiosadmin</emphasis>-"
"brukeren."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1144
+#: release-manual.xml:1152
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr "* Sette opp console-data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1145
-msgid "Choose here \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
+#: release-manual.xml:1153
+msgid "Choose \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1148
+#: release-manual.xml:1156
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr "* Sette opp openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1149
-msgid "Don't deaktivate here the challenge-response Auth."
+#: release-manual.xml:1157
+msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1152
+#: release-manual.xml:1160
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr "* Sette opp systat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1153
+#: release-manual.xml:1161
msgid "Choose the default (yes) here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1156
+#: release-manual.xml:1164
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr "* Sette opp popularity-contest"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1157
+#: release-manual.xml:1165
msgid ""
-"You should choose yes here, this would help us to improve debian-edu. (We'll "
-"get an weekly report which programs are how often used). Of course "
-"anonymously."
+"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
+"weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
+"anonymously and you have the option to say \"no\"."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1160
+#: release-manual.xml:1168
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr "* Sette opp libnss-ldap"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1162
+#: release-manual.xml:1170
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr "Endre pompt til: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1166
+#: release-manual.xml:1174
msgid ""
"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr "Endre promptet til: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1169
+#: release-manual.xml:1177
msgid "Use ldapversion 3 here"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1170
-msgid "Which Account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
+#: release-manual.xml:1178
+msgid "Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1171
+#: release-manual.xml:1179
msgid "Which password should root use here FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1174
-msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer Yes here."
+#: release-manual.xml:1182
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Oppgrader glibc nå. Svar Ja her."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1176
-msgid "* Restart Services. Answer Yes here."
+#: release-manual.xml:1184
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "* Restart Services. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Starte tjenester på nytt. Svar Ja her."
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1178
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1186
msgid ""
-"Okay. This should be all if you have no additional packages installed. Now "
-"the upgrade process start to replace the packages."
+"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
+"packages installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1188
+msgid "Now the upgrade process will start to upgrade the packages."
msgstr ""
-"Okay. Dette skulle være alt viss du ikke har noen ekstra pakker installert. "
-"Nå vil oppgraderingsprosessen starte med å erstatte pakkene."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1180
+#: release-manual.xml:1190
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Please note here: The Installer will ask several times if you want to keep "
-"your old modified Version of an Configfile or if you want to get the latest. "
-"The default is to keep your modified one. Please chooose always: Install the "
-"latest one."
+"Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old "
+"modified version of a configfile or if you want to get the latest. The "
+"default is to keep your modified one. Unless you really have modified "
+"something, please always choose: \"Install the latest one\"."
msgstr ""
"Legg merke til følgende: Installasjonsprogrammet vil spørre deg flere ganger "
"om du vil ta vare på gamle modifiserte versjoner av oppsettsfiler eller om "
@@ -3347,12 +3380,12 @@ msgstr ""
"alltid svare: Installer de siste."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1182
+#: release-manual.xml:1192
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr "Oppgradringer feiler med denne feilmeldingen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1183
+#: release-manual.xml:1193
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3368,7 +3401,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1189
+#: release-manual.xml:1199
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -3383,33 +3416,35 @@ msgstr ""
"Så kan du starte oppgraderingsprosessen på nytt:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1193
+#: release-manual.xml:1203
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1195
-msgid "Now the upgrade work again:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1205
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Now the upgrade continues:"
msgstr "Nå skal oppgraderingen fungere igjen:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1207
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr "* Flere modifiserte oppsettsfiler (nagios)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1198
+#: release-manual.xml:1208
msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1201
-msgid "Then the installation failed another time:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1211
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Then the installation failes another time:"
msgstr "Så feilet installasjonen en gang til:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1202
+#: release-manual.xml:1212
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3423,12 +3458,13 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1207
+#: release-manual.xml:1217
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"In order to fix this rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
-"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since ldap now runs not "
-"as root butas user <emphasis>openldap </emphasis> the permissions of the "
-"configuration files have to be changed:"
+"In order to fix this, rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
+"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since openldap now runs "
+"as user <emphasis>openldap </emphasis> (instead of as root) the permissions "
+"of the configuration files have to be changed:"
msgstr ""
"For å fikse dette må du omdøpe katalogen: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> og siden ldap nå ikke kjører "
@@ -3436,7 +3472,7 @@ msgstr ""
"oppsetsfilene endres:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1210
+#: release-manual.xml:1220
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -3446,7 +3482,7 @@ msgstr ""
"apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1213
+#: release-manual.xml:1223
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without </"
"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
@@ -3457,18 +3493,18 @@ msgstr ""
"upgrade prosessen igjen med:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1215
+#: release-manual.xml:1225
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1217
+#: release-manual.xml:1227
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr "Den neste feilen som dukker opp er denne:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1218
+#: release-manual.xml:1228
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3480,25 +3516,25 @@ msgstr ""
"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1222
+#: release-manual.xml:1232
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr "Du må fjerne pakken: <emphasis>courier-ldap</emphasis> med kommandoen"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1224
+#: release-manual.xml:1234
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1226
+#: release-manual.xml:1236
msgid ""
"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr ""
"og vente til den blir ferdig. Så kan du starte dist-upgrade prosessen igjen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1228
+#: release-manual.xml:1238
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors."
@@ -3507,12 +3543,12 @@ msgstr ""
"nå gjøre seg ferdig uten flere feil."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1233
+#: release-manual.xml:1243
msgid "Problem upgrading bind"
msgstr "Problem med oppgradering av bind"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1235
+#: release-manual.xml:1245
msgid ""
"The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so "
"you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
@@ -3521,13 +3557,13 @@ msgstr ""
"endret, så du må kjøre chown på alle bind-oppsettsfiler."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1236
+#: release-manual.xml:1246
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1238
+#: release-manual.xml:1248
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?"
"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for more information."
@@ -3535,13 +3571,55 @@ msgstr ""
"Se <ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?"
"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for mer informasjon."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1254
+msgid "Samba groupmaps handeling changed"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1256
+msgid ""
+"There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and "
+"etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also "
+"a samba group. In etch samba keeps groupmap information in the LDAP "
+"database. Unfortunatly this issue was discovered too late for our LDAP admin "
+"tool \"lwat\" to be aware of the situation."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1258
+msgid ""
+"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
+"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
+"operation. Create the Domain Admins account with the command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1259
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
+" type=domain ntgroup=\"Domain Admins\" \\\n"
+" comment=\"All system administrators in the school\"\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1264
+msgid ""
+"If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, "
+"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
+"detail in the <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo/NetworkClients</link> "
+"chapter of this manual."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1245
+#: release-manual.xml:1270
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr "Oppgraderinger fra eldre Debian Edu / Skolelinux-installasjoner"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1247
+#: release-manual.xml:1272
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
@@ -3556,12 +3634,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>. Oppgrader så til Terra (etch-basert utgivelse)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1254
+#: release-manual.xml:1279
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr "Veiledning"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1256
+#: release-manual.xml:1281
msgid ""
"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3569,30 +3647,30 @@ msgstr ""
"link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1259
+#: release-manual.xml:1284
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
msgstr "Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">skrivebordet</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1262
+#: release-manual.xml:1287
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
msgstr ""
"Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">nettverksklienter</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1265
+#: release-manual.xml:1290
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
msgstr ""
"Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">undervisning og læring</"
"link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1272
+#: release-manual.xml:1297
msgid "HowTos for general administration"
msgstr "Veiledninger for generell administrasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1274
+#: release-manual.xml:1299
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
"linkend=\"Maintainance\">Maintainance</link> chapters describe how to get "
@@ -3605,45 +3683,45 @@ msgstr ""
"i dette kapittelet er allerede \"avanserte\" tips og triks."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1280
+#: release-manual.xml:1305
msgid ""
"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
"Installere egne maskiner for enkelte tjenster for å avlaste hovetjeneren"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1281
+#: release-manual.xml:1306
msgid "barebone install using debian-edu-expert"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1282
+#: release-manual.xml:1307
msgid "install the packages for the service"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1283
+#: release-manual.xml:1308
#, fuzzy
msgid "configure the service"
msgstr "* Sette opp openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1284
+#: release-manual.xml:1309
msgid "disable the service on main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1285
+#: release-manual.xml:1310
msgid "update dns on main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1291
+#: release-manual.xml:1316
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
msgstr "Versjonsporing av /etc/ ved hjelp av svk versjonskontrollsystem"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1293
+#: release-manual.xml:1318
msgid ""
"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </"
"computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ </"
@@ -3661,7 +3739,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1298
+#: release-manual.xml:1323
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
@@ -3672,12 +3750,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Endringer i <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> blir meldt inn hver time."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1301
+#: release-manual.xml:1326
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr "Liste over nyttige kommandoer:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1302
+#: release-manual.xml:1327
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -3695,12 +3773,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1311
+#: release-manual.xml:1336
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr "Eksempel på bruk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1313
+#: release-manual.xml:1338
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
@@ -3709,7 +3787,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gjort siden systemet ble installert:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1316
+#: release-manual.xml:1341
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
@@ -3719,13 +3797,13 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1319
+#: release-manual.xml:1344
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
msgstr ""
"For å se listen over endringer som er gjort i /etc/, bruk denne kommandoen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1322
+#: release-manual.xml:1347
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less \n"
@@ -3735,12 +3813,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1325
+#: release-manual.xml:1350
msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
msgstr "For å se endringer som er gjort i en spesiell fil, oppgi filen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1328
+#: release-manual.xml:1353
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
@@ -3750,7 +3828,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1331
+#: release-manual.xml:1356
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
@@ -3760,7 +3838,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dette for å gjøre det automatisk:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1334
+#: release-manual.xml:1359
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -3770,13 +3848,13 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1337
+#: release-manual.xml:1362
msgid ""
"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr "For å melde inn en fil manuelt, fordi du ikke vil vente en time:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1340
+#: release-manual.xml:1365
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf \n"
@@ -3786,7 +3864,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1343
+#: release-manual.xml:1368
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -3795,7 +3873,7 @@ msgstr ""
"den om å ignorere den. Men det er sjelden nyttig <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1350
+#: release-manual.xml:1375
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored \n"
@@ -3805,12 +3883,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1356
+#: release-manual.xml:1381
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
msgstr "For de som oppgraderte fra sarge/woody"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1358
+#: release-manual.xml:1383
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -3821,7 +3899,7 @@ msgstr ""
"følgende kommando kjørt som root:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1361
+#: release-manual.xml:1386
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -3831,7 +3909,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1364
+#: release-manual.xml:1389
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
@@ -3840,12 +3918,12 @@ msgstr ""
"innmeldingsjobben (cron)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1370
+#: release-manual.xml:1395
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr "Endre størrelse på partisjoner"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1372
+#: release-manual.xml:1397
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -3860,7 +3938,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mens partisjonen er avmontert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1374
+#: release-manual.xml:1399
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -3875,7 +3953,7 @@ msgstr ""
"å lage flere mindre partisjoner enn en svært stor en."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1376
+#: release-manual.xml:1401
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
@@ -3899,12 +3977,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> trengs for faktisk å utvide filsystemet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1385
+#: release-manual.xml:1410
msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
msgstr "Håndtering av logiske dataområder"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1387
+#: release-manual.xml:1412
msgid ""
"Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink "
@@ -3915,110 +3993,191 @@ msgstr ""
"url='http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>LVM HowTo</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1394
+#: release-manual.xml:1419
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr "Bruker volatile.debian.org"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1396 release-manual.xml:1403
-msgid "FIXME: describe how to..."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1421
+msgid ""
+"Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
+"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
+"default installations."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1401
-msgid "Using backports.org"
-msgstr "Bruker backports.org"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1426
+msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
+msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1408
-msgid "Java"
-msgstr "Java"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1428
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Velg en profil</emphasis>:"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1430
+msgid ""
+"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
+"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
+"for the full time of a stable release. The main goal of volatile is allowing "
+"system administrators to update their systems in a nice, consistent way, "
+"without getting the drawbacks of using unstable, even without getting the "
+"drawbacks for the selected packages. So debian-volatile will only contain "
+"changes to stable programs that are necessary to keep them functional."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1436
+msgid "How to use volatile"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1438
+msgid ""
+"Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
+"archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
+"you do not have to add this key manually to roots keyring anymore. Just add "
+"the following line to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
+"computeroutput>:"
+msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1411
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1443
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
+"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-"apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
+"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
"]]"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1417 release-manual.xml:1844 release-manual.xml:1942
-msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
-msgstr "Veiledninger fra wiki.debian.org"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1419 release-manual.xml:1846 release-manual.xml:1944
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1446
msgid ""
-"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
-"specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them "
-"over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to "
-"find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the "
-"GPL.)"
+"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
+"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
-"Veiledninger fra <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/</ulink> er enten bruker- eller "
-"utviklerorientert."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1447
-msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
-msgstr "Veiledninger for skrivebordet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1453
-msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
-msgstr "KDE Kiosk-modus"
+msgid "Using backports.org"
+msgstr "Bruker backports.org"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1455
msgid ""
-"FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
-"TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode </ulink> and "
-"write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings here. (esp. how to "
-"change them from a schooladmin POV)"
+"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
+"It runs great, there is just one problem sometimes: some software is a "
+"little bit more outdated as you like. This is where backports.org come in."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1463
-msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
-msgstr "Endre innloggingskjermen (KDM)"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1465
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1457
msgid ""
-"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
-"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
-"computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default."
+"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
+"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
+"without new libraries (wherever it is possible) on a stable Debian "
+"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role='strong'>We recommend you to "
+"pick out single backports which fits your needs, and not to use all "
+"backports available there. </emphasis> Please follow the instructions on "
+"<ulink url='http://www.backports.org'>http://www.backports.org </ulink> to "
+"use these backports."
msgstr ""
-"I Debian/Etch er måten du tilpasser innloggingskjermen endret. Nå blir det "
-"gjort ved å legge til en fil i <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/</"
-"computeroutput> som inneholder variabler som overstyrer standardvariablene."
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1468
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1461
msgid ""
-"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} "
-"package:"
-msgstr "Her er ett eksempel som aktiverer temaet i {{desktop-base}}}-pakken:"
+"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
+"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
+"computeroutput> can use this repository <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"SecureApt'>securily </ulink>. This is done by running these commands as root:"
+msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1469
+#: release-manual.xml:1467
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
+"# install the debian-keyring securily\n"
+"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
+"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily\n"
+"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
+"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
+"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add - \n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Java\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
+"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
+"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
+"<title>HowTos for the desktop\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>KDE Kiosk mode\n"
+"</title><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
+"<para>FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode\n"
+"</ulink> and write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings here. (esp. how to change them from a schooladmin POV) \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Modifying the kdm login screen\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/\n"
+"</computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} package: \n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
"THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\"\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
-"THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\"\n"
-"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1473
+#: release-manual.xml:1543
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
@@ -4027,12 +4186,12 @@ msgstr ""
"informasjon om hvordan disse variablene blir brukt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1479
+#: release-manual.xml:1549
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1481
+#: release-manual.xml:1551
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. It "
@@ -4042,14 +4201,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1488
+#: release-manual.xml:1558
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch "
"[pere 2007-07-12]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1490
+#: release-manual.xml:1560
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
@@ -4058,7 +4217,7 @@ msgstr ""
"fungerer både med konqueror og firefox."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1492
+#: release-manual.xml:1562
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
@@ -4072,7 +4231,7 @@ msgstr ""
"som root."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1499 release-manual.xml:1919
+#: release-manual.xml:1569 release-manual.xml:2003
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -4085,7 +4244,7 @@ msgstr ""
"signert for å sikre en tillitsti."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1503
+#: release-manual.xml:1573
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
@@ -4094,7 +4253,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hjelp av nettlesaren eller wget:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1504
+#: release-manual.xml:1574
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4104,7 +4263,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1507
+#: release-manual.xml:1577
msgid ""
"If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
@@ -4112,7 +4271,7 @@ msgstr ""
"først:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1508
+#: release-manual.xml:1578
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -4122,12 +4281,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1511
+#: release-manual.xml:1581
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr "Så installere:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1512
+#: release-manual.xml:1582
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4137,17 +4296,17 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1518
+#: release-manual.xml:1588
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Andre nyttige programtillegg"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1520
+#: release-manual.xml:1590
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr "Etter å ha lagt til multimediaarkivet:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1521
+#: release-manual.xml:1591
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -4157,12 +4316,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1527
+#: release-manual.xml:1597
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr "Avspilling av DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1529
+#: release-manual.xml:1599
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -4173,7 +4332,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dette, så kan du bruke pakker fra debian-multimedia.org."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1531
+#: release-manual.xml:1601
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
@@ -4182,7 +4341,7 @@ msgstr ""
"et nettarkiv, eller du kan legge til"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1532
+#: release-manual.xml:1602
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -4192,7 +4351,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1535
+#: release-manual.xml:1605
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
@@ -4201,12 +4360,12 @@ msgstr ""
"(debian-multimedia-keyring)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1537
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr "Installere multimedia- og dvd-bibliotek"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1538
+#: release-manual.xml:1608
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -4216,17 +4375,17 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1545
+#: release-manual.xml:1615
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr "Veiledninger for nettverksklienter"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1551
+#: release-manual.xml:1621
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Tynnklienter vs halvtykke arbeidstasjoner"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1553
+#: release-manual.xml:1623
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -4239,17 +4398,17 @@ msgstr ""
"LtspDisklessWorkstation</ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1559
+#: release-manual.xml:1629
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr "LTSP i detalj"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1563
+#: release-manual.xml:1633
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr "lts.conf"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1565
+#: release-manual.xml:1635
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -4264,7 +4423,7 @@ msgstr ""
"oppgi."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1569
+#: release-manual.xml:1639
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -4277,7 +4436,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1573
+#: release-manual.xml:1643
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
@@ -4286,7 +4445,7 @@ msgstr ""
"1280x1024, så legg til noe slikt som dette:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1576
+#: release-manual.xml:1646
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -4302,12 +4461,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1582
+#: release-manual.xml:1652
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr "et sted nedenfor standardinnstillingene."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1584
+#: release-manual.xml:1654
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
@@ -4316,7 +4475,7 @@ msgstr ""
"X på klienten (ved å trykke alt+ctrl+rettetast) eller restarte klienten."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1586
+#: release-manual.xml:1656
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -4324,13 +4483,13 @@ msgid ""
"computeroutput> file."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1593
-msgid "load balancing LTSP servers"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1663
+msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1595
+#: release-manual.xml:1665
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -4342,19 +4501,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1604
+#: release-manual.xml:1674
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1609
+#: release-manual.xml:1679
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1611
+#: release-manual.xml:1681
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -4363,27 +4522,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1613
+#: release-manual.xml:1683
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1615
+#: release-manual.xml:1685
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1621
-msgid "Connecting windows machines to the network / windows integration"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1691
+msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1625
+#: release-manual.xml:1695
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1627
+#: release-manual.xml:1697
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -4392,21 +4551,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1629
+#: release-manual.xml:1699
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1631
+#: release-manual.xml:1701
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1633
+#: release-manual.xml:1703
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -4416,12 +4575,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1638
+#: release-manual.xml:1708
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1640
+#: release-manual.xml:1710
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -4434,26 +4593,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
+#: release-manual.xml:1714
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1645
+#: release-manual.xml:1715
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1648
+#: release-manual.xml:1718
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1649
+#: release-manual.xml:1719
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -4467,7 +4626,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1652
+#: release-manual.xml:1722
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -4476,13 +4635,39 @@ msgid ""
"and save file into the H: volume instead of \"Own files\"."
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1726
+msgid "User groups in Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1728
+msgid ""
+"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
+"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
+"available in Windows eg for netlogon scripts or other group dependant "
+"actions, you can add them using variations of the following command. Samba "
+"will function without these groupmaps, but Windows machines won't be group "
+"aware."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1732
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
+" type=domain ntgroup=\"students\" \\\n"
+" comment=\"All students in the school\"\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1657
+#: release-manual.xml:1741
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1659
+#: release-manual.xml:1743
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -4491,12 +4676,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1664
+#: release-manual.xml:1748
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1666
+#: release-manual.xml:1750
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -4507,7 +4692,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1668
+#: release-manual.xml:1752
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -4518,7 +4703,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1670
+#: release-manual.xml:1754
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -4527,7 +4712,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1673
+#: release-manual.xml:1757
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -4538,22 +4723,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1678 release-manual.xml:1761
+#: release-manual.xml:1762 release-manual.xml:1845
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1680
+#: release-manual.xml:1764
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1681
+#: release-manual.xml:1765
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1683
+#: release-manual.xml:1767
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -4563,56 +4748,56 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1684
+#: release-manual.xml:1768
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1685
+#: release-manual.xml:1769
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1686 release-manual.xml:1689
+#: release-manual.xml:1770 release-manual.xml:1773
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1687
+#: release-manual.xml:1771
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1688
+#: release-manual.xml:1772
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1692
+#: release-manual.xml:1776
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1694
+#: release-manual.xml:1778
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1696
+#: release-manual.xml:1780
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1704 release-manual.xml:1777 release-manual.xml:1802
+#: release-manual.xml:1788 release-manual.xml:1861 release-manual.xml:1886
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1706
+#: release-manual.xml:1790
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -4623,49 +4808,49 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1711
+#: release-manual.xml:1795
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1713
+#: release-manual.xml:1797
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1714
+#: release-manual.xml:1798
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1716
+#: release-manual.xml:1800
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1720
+#: release-manual.xml:1804
msgid ""
"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1724
+#: release-manual.xml:1808
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1727
+#: release-manual.xml:1811
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1730
+#: release-manual.xml:1814
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -4673,18 +4858,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1732
+#: release-manual.xml:1816
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Tjenester"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1755
+#: release-manual.xml:1839
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1757
+#: release-manual.xml:1841
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -4694,7 +4879,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1763
+#: release-manual.xml:1847
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -4703,7 +4888,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1765
+#: release-manual.xml:1849
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -4711,35 +4896,35 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1767
+#: release-manual.xml:1851
msgid ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1770
+#: release-manual.xml:1854
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1779
+#: release-manual.xml:1863
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1785
+#: release-manual.xml:1869
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1789
+#: release-manual.xml:1873
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1791
+#: release-manual.xml:1875
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -4747,29 +4932,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1793
+#: release-manual.xml:1877
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1795
+#: release-manual.xml:1879
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1804
+#: release-manual.xml:1888
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1809
+#: release-manual.xml:1893
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1811
+#: release-manual.xml:1895
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -4779,7 +4964,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1814
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -4788,12 +4973,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1823
+#: release-manual.xml:1907
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1825
+#: release-manual.xml:1909
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -4801,21 +4986,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1827
+#: release-manual.xml:1911
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1831
+#: release-manual.xml:1915
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1834
+#: release-manual.xml:1918
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -4824,14 +5009,33 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1836
+#: release-manual.xml:1920
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1928 release-manual.xml:2026
+msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
+msgstr "Veiledninger fra wiki.debian.org"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1930 release-manual.xml:2028
+msgid ""
+"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
+"specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them "
+"over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to "
+"find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the "
+"GPL.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Veiledninger fra <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/</ulink> er enten bruker- eller "
+"utviklerorientert."
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1862
+#: release-manual.xml:1946
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
@@ -4839,38 +5043,38 @@ msgstr ""
"TeachAndLearn'>undervisning og opplæring</ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1868
+#: release-manual.xml:1952
msgid "moodle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1870
+#: release-manual.xml:1954
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1957
msgid ""
"Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and "
"credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1878
+#: release-manual.xml:1962
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1880
+#: release-manual.xml:1964
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1883
+#: release-manual.xml:1967
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc\n"
@@ -4878,26 +5082,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1890
+#: release-manual.xml:1974
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
+#: release-manual.xml:1980
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1982
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1904
+#: release-manual.xml:1988
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -4905,12 +5109,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1910
+#: release-manual.xml:1994
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1912
+#: release-manual.xml:1996
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -4918,7 +5122,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1924
+#: release-manual.xml:2008
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -4931,14 +5135,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1932
+#: release-manual.xml:2016
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1947
+#: release-manual.xml:2031
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -4946,22 +5150,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1956
+#: release-manual.xml:2040
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1960
+#: release-manual.xml:2044
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1963
+#: release-manual.xml:2047
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1968
+#: release-manual.xml:2052
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -4970,7 +5174,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1974
+#: release-manual.xml:2058
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -4981,12 +5185,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
+#: release-manual.xml:2064
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1982
+#: release-manual.xml:2066
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -4994,7 +5198,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1984
+#: release-manual.xml:2068
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -5002,19 +5206,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1991
+#: release-manual.xml:2075
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1993
+#: release-manual.xml:2077
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1996
+#: release-manual.xml:2080
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -5023,7 +5227,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1999
+#: release-manual.xml:2083
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -5031,12 +5235,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2005
+#: release-manual.xml:2089
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2007
+#: release-manual.xml:2091
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -5045,7 +5249,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2009
+#: release-manual.xml:2093
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
@@ -5056,7 +5260,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2017
+#: release-manual.xml:2101
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -5065,7 +5269,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2019
+#: release-manual.xml:2103
msgid ""
"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We use "
@@ -5076,22 +5280,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2030
+#: release-manual.xml:2114
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Støtte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2034
+#: release-manual.xml:2118
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2038
+#: release-manual.xml:2122
msgid "in english"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2044
+#: release-manual.xml:2128
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -5099,7 +5303,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2048
+#: release-manual.xml:2132
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -5107,12 +5311,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2059
+#: release-manual.xml:2143
msgid "in norwegian"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2061
+#: release-manual.xml:2145
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -5120,7 +5324,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2065
+#: release-manual.xml:2149
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -5129,53 +5333,53 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2068
+#: release-manual.xml:2152
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2074
+#: release-manual.xml:2158
msgid "in german"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2076
+#: release-manual.xml:2160
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2080
+#: release-manual.xml:2164
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2083
+#: release-manual.xml:2167
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2173
msgid "in french"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:2175
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2100
+#: release-manual.xml:2184
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2102
+#: release-manual.xml:2186
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -5183,13 +5387,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2109
+#: release-manual.xml:2193
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Opphavsrett og forfattere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2111
+#: release-manual.xml:2195
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
"Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin, Ralf Gesellensetter, "
@@ -5198,7 +5402,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2113
+#: release-manual.xml:2197
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -5207,27 +5411,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2119
+#: release-manual.xml:2203
#, fuzzy
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Opphavsrett og forfattere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2121
+#: release-manual.xml:2205
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2123
+#: release-manual.xml:2207
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"and Håvard Korsvoll and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#: release-manual.xml:2209
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
"Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert and Jürgen Leibner and is "
@@ -5235,32 +5439,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2127
+#: release-manual.xml:2211
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is "
"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2132
+#: release-manual.xml:2216
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Oversettelser av dette dokumentet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2134
+#: release-manual.xml:2218
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2138
+#: release-manual.xml:2222
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Oversettelser av dette dokumentet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2140
+#: release-manual.xml:2224
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -5270,7 +5474,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2143
+#: release-manual.xml:2227
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -5280,7 +5484,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2147
+#: release-manual.xml:2231
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
@@ -5293,14 +5497,14 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2151
+#: release-manual.xml:2235
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2156
+#: release-manual.xml:2240
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -5309,14 +5513,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2160
+#: release-manual.xml:2244
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2246
+msgid ""
+"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
+"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2249
+msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2162
+#: release-manual.xml:2254
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -5324,24 +5540,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2164
+#: release-manual.xml:2256
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2170
+#: release-manual.xml:2262
#, fuzzy
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Vedlegg A - GNU Generell Offentlig Lisens"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2173
+#: release-manual.xml:2265
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2179
+#: release-manual.xml:2271
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -5350,7 +5566,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2182
+#: release-manual.xml:2274
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -5359,7 +5575,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184
+#: release-manual.xml:2276
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -5368,7 +5584,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2278
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -5376,17 +5592,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2191
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2193
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2195
+#: release-manual.xml:2287
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -5395,12 +5611,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
+#: release-manual.xml:2292
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
+#: release-manual.xml:2294
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -5414,7 +5630,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2205
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -5425,7 +5641,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2207
+#: release-manual.xml:2299
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -5437,14 +5653,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2210
+#: release-manual.xml:2302
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2212
+#: release-manual.xml:2304
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -5453,7 +5669,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2215
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -5461,7 +5677,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2218
+#: release-manual.xml:2310
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -5470,7 +5686,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2221
+#: release-manual.xml:2313
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -5485,7 +5701,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2226
+#: release-manual.xml:2318
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -5499,7 +5715,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2228
+#: release-manual.xml:2320
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -5508,7 +5724,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2230
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -5517,7 +5733,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:2324
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -5526,7 +5742,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2235
+#: release-manual.xml:2327
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -5535,7 +5751,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2238
+#: release-manual.xml:2330
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -5546,7 +5762,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2241
+#: release-manual.xml:2333
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -5556,7 +5772,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2246
+#: release-manual.xml:2338
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -5570,7 +5786,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2248
+#: release-manual.xml:2340
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -5580,7 +5796,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2250
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -5592,7 +5808,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2253
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -5605,7 +5821,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2256
+#: release-manual.xml:2348
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -5617,7 +5833,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2259
+#: release-manual.xml:2351
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -5634,7 +5850,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2262
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -5642,7 +5858,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2264
+#: release-manual.xml:2356
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -5656,14 +5872,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2266
+#: release-manual.xml:2358
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2268
+#: release-manual.xml:2360
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -5675,7 +5891,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2271
+#: release-manual.xml:2363
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -5684,7 +5900,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2274
+#: release-manual.xml:2366
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -5696,7 +5912,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2276
+#: release-manual.xml:2368
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -5709,13 +5925,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2279
+#: release-manual.xml:2371
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Velg en profil</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2282
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -5729,7 +5945,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2377
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -5743,42 +5959,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2291
+#: release-manual.xml:2383
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2389
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2301
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2302
+#: release-manual.xml:2394
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2303
+#: release-manual.xml:2395
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2304
+#: release-manual.xml:2396
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2309
+#: release-manual.xml:2401
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2311
+#: release-manual.xml:2403
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -5790,125 +6006,125 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2316
+#: release-manual.xml:2408
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Velg en profil</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2412
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Velg en profil</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2324
+#: release-manual.xml:2416
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Velg en profil</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2329
+#: release-manual.xml:2421
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
+#: release-manual.xml:2424
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2335 release-manual.xml:2345
+#: release-manual.xml:2427 release-manual.xml:2437
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2339
+#: release-manual.xml:2431
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2342
+#: release-manual.xml:2434
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2349
+#: release-manual.xml:2441
msgid "German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2352
+#: release-manual.xml:2444
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2355
+#: release-manual.xml:2447
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2359
+#: release-manual.xml:2451
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2362
+#: release-manual.xml:2454
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2365
+#: release-manual.xml:2457
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2369
+#: release-manual.xml:2461
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2372
+#: release-manual.xml:2464
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2375
+#: release-manual.xml:2467
msgid "el"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2379
+#: release-manual.xml:2471
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2382
+#: release-manual.xml:2474
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2385
+#: release-manual.xml:2477
msgid "jp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2481
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2392
+#: release-manual.xml:2484
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2395
+#: release-manual.xml:2487
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2402
+#: release-manual.xml:2494
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -5917,38 +6133,102 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2408
+#: release-manual.xml:2500
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2409
+#: release-manual.xml:2501
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2415
+#: release-manual.xml:2507
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2416
+#: release-manual.xml:2508
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2422
+#: release-manual.xml:2514
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: release-manual.xml:2516
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
"live/'>HTTP </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/."
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid "after you have modified your sources.list:"
+#~ msgstr "etter at du har endret filen sources.list:"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Okay. This should be all if you have no additional packages installed. "
+#~ "Now the upgrade process start to replace the packages."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Okay. Dette skulle være alt viss du ikke har noen ekstra pakker "
+#~ "installert. Nå vil oppgraderingsprosessen starte med å erstatte pakkene."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Java"
+#~ msgstr "Java"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+#~ msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
+#~ msgstr "Veiledninger for skrivebordet"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
+#~ msgstr "KDE Kiosk-modus"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
+#~ msgstr "Endre innloggingskjermen (KDM)"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. "
+#~ "Now, it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
+#~ "computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "I Debian/Etch er måten du tilpasser innloggingskjermen endret. Nå blir "
+#~ "det gjort ved å legge til en fil i <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/</"
+#~ "computeroutput> som inneholder variabler som overstyrer "
+#~ "standardvariablene."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} "
+#~ "package:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Her er ett eksempel som aktiverer temaet i {{desktop-base}}}-pakken:"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
+#~ "THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\"\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
+#~ "THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\"\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
#~ msgid "Using lwat web based management"
#~ msgstr "Bruk av nettbasert lwat-håndtering"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
index d67a805..676d7b0 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-24 13:53+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-26 17:06+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL at ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL at li.org>\n"
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2177
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2269
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr ""
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:8
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc "
-"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-24</computeroutput>."
+"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-26</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
@@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1344 release-manual.xml:1934 release-manual.xml:1969 release-manual.xml:2049
+#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1369 release-manual.xml:2018 release-manual.xml:2053 release-manual.xml:2133
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2008,7 +2008,7 @@ msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:859 release-manual.xml:892 release-manual.xml:986 release-manual.xml:1485 release-manual.xml:1496 release-manual.xml:1601 release-manual.xml:1887 release-manual.xml:1901 release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:859 release-manual.xml:892 release-manual.xml:986 release-manual.xml:1555 release-manual.xml:1566 release-manual.xml:1671 release-manual.xml:1971 release-manual.xml:1985 release-manual.xml:2000
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2384,7 +2384,8 @@ msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian "
"Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by "
-"applicable law. </emphasis>"
+"applicable law. </emphasis> Please read this chapter completly before "
+"attempting to upgrade."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
@@ -2471,35 +2472,37 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1087
msgid ""
-"The main problem is here that the System Volumegroup is quit small since the "
-"data in this Partitions is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on an 8GB "
-"large Virtual Pc, the upgrade failed since it was not possible to free more "
-"space on the vg_sytem. Please note that you should have about 1,5GB free "
-"space on /var and about 600MB free space on /usr. If this is not fullfilled "
-"the upgrade will fail because of too less space on the device."
+"The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the "
+"data in this partition is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on a "
+"virtual machine with an 8GB harddrive, the upgrade failed since it was not "
+"possible to free more space on the vg_sytem. Please note that you should "
+"have about 1,5GB free space on /var and about 600MB free space on /usr. If "
+"this is not the case the upgrade will fail because of too little free space "
+"on the device."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1092
-msgid "Prepare the System"
+msgid "Prepare the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1094
msgid ""
-"If you have enough space in the vg_system Volumegroup but not in the lv_var- "
-"Partition you have to resize this partition:"
+"If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var "
+"partition, you have to resize this partition:"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1095
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1096
msgid ""
-"1.) Umount the partition (don't forget that you'll have to umount for this "
-"/var/spool/squid, too):"
+"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
+"have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid </computeroutput> "
+"partition for this to work, too:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1095
+#: release-manual.xml:1099
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -2508,45 +2511,45 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1100
-msgid "2.) fsck the Partition:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1104
+msgid "2.) fsck the partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1100
+#: release-manual.xml:1104
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1103
+#: release-manual.xml:1107
msgid "3.) resize the partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1103
+#: release-manual.xml:1107
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1106
+#: release-manual.xml:1110
msgid "4.) resize the filesystem:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1106
+#: release-manual.xml:1110
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1109
+#: release-manual.xml:1113
msgid "5.) mount the partitions again:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1109
+#: release-manual.xml:1113
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -2555,168 +2558,182 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1117
-msgid "Now start the upgrade with:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1121
+msgid ""
+"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
+"contain these lines"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1118
+#: release-manual.xml:1123
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"aptitude update \n"
-"aptitude dist-upgrade ]]"
+"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
+"deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main \n"
+"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1123
-msgid "after you have modified your sources.list:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1129
+msgid "And start the upgrade with:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1124
+#: release-manual.xml:1130
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free \n"
-"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
+"aptitude update \n"
+"aptitude dist-upgrade ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1132
-msgid "Answers to Debconf Questions raising during upgrade"
+#: release-manual.xml:1138
+msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1140
+msgid ""
+"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
+"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
+"a very plain fresh installation of an mainserver + terminalserver."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1134
-msgid ""
-"Okay we'll give yo here some hints, what you should answer when some debconf "
-"Questions comes up. But please note. This upgrade HowTo is based on a very "
-"plain fresh installation of an mainserver + terminalserver. So which "
-"questions raises up in addition to that depends on what is additionally "
-"installed on your system (which isn't included per default in the sarge "
-"based Debian Edu Release). So if there are any questions where you don't "
-"know what to answer, don't hesitate to ask us at the Mailinglist (<ulink "
+#: release-manual.xml:1142
+msgid ""
+"Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here "
+"depends on what is additionally installed on your system. (Additionally to "
+"what is installed as default in the sarge based Debian Edu release). So if "
+"there are any questions which you don't know how to answer, don't hesitate "
+"to ask us at the mailinglist (<ulink "
"url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org "
"</ulink>) or at IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1137
+#: release-manual.xml:1145
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1139
+#: release-manual.xml:1147
msgid ""
-"Here you have to enter an passwort for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
+"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1144
+#: release-manual.xml:1152
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1145
-msgid "Choose here \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
+#: release-manual.xml:1153
+msgid "Choose \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1148
+#: release-manual.xml:1156
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1149
-msgid "Don't deaktivate here the challenge-response Auth."
+#: release-manual.xml:1157
+msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1152
+#: release-manual.xml:1160
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1153
+#: release-manual.xml:1161
msgid "Choose the default (yes) here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1156
+#: release-manual.xml:1164
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1157
+#: release-manual.xml:1165
msgid ""
-"You should choose yes here, this would help us to improve debian-edu. (We'll "
-"get an weekly report which programs are how often used). Of course "
-"anonymously."
+"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
+"weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
+"anonymously and you have the option to say \"no\"."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1160
+#: release-manual.xml:1168
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1162
+#: release-manual.xml:1170
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1166
+#: release-manual.xml:1174
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1169
+#: release-manual.xml:1177
msgid "Use ldapversion 3 here"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1170
-msgid "Which Account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
+#: release-manual.xml:1178
+msgid "Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1171
+#: release-manual.xml:1179
msgid "Which password should root use here FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1174
-msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer Yes here."
+#: release-manual.xml:1182
+msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1176
-msgid "* Restart Services. Answer Yes here."
+#: release-manual.xml:1184
+msgid "* Restart Services. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1178
+#: release-manual.xml:1186
msgid ""
-"Okay. This should be all if you have no additional packages installed. Now "
-"the upgrade process start to replace the packages."
+"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
+"packages installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1188
+msgid "Now the upgrade process will start to upgrade the packages."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1180
+#: release-manual.xml:1190
msgid ""
-"Please note here: The Installer will ask several times if you want to keep "
-"your old modified Version of an Configfile or if you want to get the "
-"latest. The default is to keep your modified one. Please chooose always: "
-"Install the latest one."
+"Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old "
+"modified version of a configfile or if you want to get the latest. The "
+"default is to keep your modified one. Unless you really have modified "
+"something, please always choose: \"Install the latest one\"."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1182
+#: release-manual.xml:1192
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1183
+#: release-manual.xml:1193
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2727,7 +2744,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1189
+#: release-manual.xml:1199
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: "
"<emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> "
@@ -2738,33 +2755,33 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1193
+#: release-manual.xml:1203
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1195
-msgid "Now the upgrade work again:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1205
+msgid "Now the upgrade continues:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1207
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1198
+#: release-manual.xml:1208
msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1201
-msgid "Then the installation failed another time:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1211
+msgid "Then the installation failes another time:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1202
+#: release-manual.xml:1212
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2774,17 +2791,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1207
+#: release-manual.xml:1217
msgid ""
-"In order to fix this rename this directory: "
+"In order to fix this, rename this directory: "
"<emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb "
-"</emphasis> and since ldap now runs not as root butas user "
-"<emphasis>openldap </emphasis> the permissions of the configuration files "
+"</emphasis> and since openldap now runs as user <emphasis>openldap "
+"</emphasis> (instead of as root) the permissions of the configuration files "
"have to be changed:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1210
+#: release-manual.xml:1220
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -2792,7 +2809,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1213
+#: release-manual.xml:1223
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without "
"</emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please "
@@ -2800,18 +2817,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1215
+#: release-manual.xml:1225
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1217
+#: release-manual.xml:1227
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1218
+#: release-manual.xml:1228
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2820,61 +2837,103 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1222
+#: release-manual.xml:1232
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1224
+#: release-manual.xml:1234
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1226
+#: release-manual.xml:1236
msgid "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1228
+#: release-manual.xml:1238
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1233
+#: release-manual.xml:1243
msgid "Problem upgrading bind"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1235
+#: release-manual.xml:1245
msgid ""
"The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so "
"you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1236
+#: release-manual.xml:1246
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1238
+#: release-manual.xml:1248
msgid ""
"See <ulink "
"url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=386791'>#386791 "
"</ulink> for more information."
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1254
+msgid "Samba groupmaps handeling changed"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1256
+msgid ""
+"There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and "
+"etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also "
+"a samba group. In etch samba keeps groupmap information in the LDAP "
+"database. Unfortunatly this issue was discovered too late for our LDAP admin "
+"tool \"lwat\" to be aware of the situation."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1258
+msgid ""
+"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
+"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
+"operation. Create the Domain Admins account with the command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1259
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
+" type=domain ntgroup=\"Domain Admins\" \\\n"
+" comment=\"All system administrators in the school\"\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1264
+msgid ""
+"If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, "
+"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
+"detail in the <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo/NetworkClients</link> "
+"chapter of this manual."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1245
+#: release-manual.xml:1270
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1247
+#: release-manual.xml:1272
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
@@ -2884,37 +2943,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1254
+#: release-manual.xml:1279
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1256
+#: release-manual.xml:1281
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1259
+#: release-manual.xml:1284
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1262
+#: release-manual.xml:1287
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1265
+#: release-manual.xml:1290
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1272
+#: release-manual.xml:1297
msgid "HowTos for general administration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1274
+#: release-manual.xml:1299
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
"linkend=\"Maintainance\">Maintainance</link> chapters describe how to get "
@@ -2923,42 +2982,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1280
+#: release-manual.xml:1305
msgid "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1281
+#: release-manual.xml:1306
msgid "barebone install using debian-edu-expert"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1282
+#: release-manual.xml:1307
msgid "install the packages for the service"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1283
+#: release-manual.xml:1308
msgid "configure the service"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1284
+#: release-manual.xml:1309
msgid "disable the service on main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1285
+#: release-manual.xml:1310
msgid "update dns on main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1291
+#: release-manual.xml:1316
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1293
+#: release-manual.xml:1318
msgid ""
"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk "
"</computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ "
@@ -2969,7 +3028,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1298
+#: release-manual.xml:1323
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
@@ -2977,12 +3036,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1301
+#: release-manual.xml:1326
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1302
+#: release-manual.xml:1327
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -2994,19 +3053,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1311
+#: release-manual.xml:1336
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1313
+#: release-manual.xml:1338
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1316
+#: release-manual.xml:1341
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
@@ -3014,12 +3073,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1319
+#: release-manual.xml:1344
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1322
+#: release-manual.xml:1347
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less \n"
@@ -3027,12 +3086,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1325
+#: release-manual.xml:1350
msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1328
+#: release-manual.xml:1353
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
@@ -3040,14 +3099,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1331
+#: release-manual.xml:1356
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1334
+#: release-manual.xml:1359
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -3055,12 +3114,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1337
+#: release-manual.xml:1362
msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1340
+#: release-manual.xml:1365
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf \n"
@@ -3068,14 +3127,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1343
+#: release-manual.xml:1368
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1350
+#: release-manual.xml:1375
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored \n"
@@ -3083,12 +3142,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1356
+#: release-manual.xml:1381
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1358
+#: release-manual.xml:1383
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -3096,7 +3155,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1361
+#: release-manual.xml:1386
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -3104,19 +3163,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1364
+#: release-manual.xml:1389
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1370
+#: release-manual.xml:1395
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1372
+#: release-manual.xml:1397
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -3126,7 +3185,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1374
+#: release-manual.xml:1399
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -3136,7 +3195,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1376
+#: release-manual.xml:1401
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is "
@@ -3152,12 +3211,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1385
+#: release-manual.xml:1410
msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1387
+#: release-manual.xml:1412
msgid ""
"Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink "
@@ -3165,111 +3224,218 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1394
+#: release-manual.xml:1419
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1396 release-manual.xml:1403
-msgid "FIXME: describe how to..."
+#: release-manual.xml:1421
+msgid ""
+"Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
+"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
+"default installations."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1401
-msgid "Using backports.org"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1426
+msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1408
-msgid "Java"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1428
+msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1411
-#, no-wrap
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1430
msgid ""
-"apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
-"]]"
+"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
+"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
+"for the full time of a stable release. The main goal of volatile is allowing "
+"system administrators to update their systems in a nice, consistent way, "
+"without getting the drawbacks of using unstable, even without getting the "
+"drawbacks for the selected packages. So debian-volatile will only contain "
+"changes to stable programs that are necessary to keep them functional."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1417 release-manual.xml:1844 release-manual.xml:1942
-msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1436
+msgid "How to use volatile"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1419 release-manual.xml:1846 release-manual.xml:1944
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1438
msgid ""
-"The HowTos from <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ "
-"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the "
-"user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask "
-"the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine "
-"with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.)"
+"Since the volatile archive key is included in the "
+"<computeroutput>debian-archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is "
+"installed by default, you do not have to add this key manually to roots "
+"keyring anymore. Just add the following line to "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput>:"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1447
-msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1443
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1446
+msgid ""
+"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade "
+"</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1453
-msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
+msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1455
msgid ""
-"FIXME: see <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode "
-"</ulink> and write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings "
-"here. (esp. how to change them from a schooladmin POV)"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1463
-msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
+"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian "
+"Edu. It runs great, there is just one problem sometimes: some software is a "
+"little bit more outdated as you like. This is where backports.org come in."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1465
+#: release-manual.xml:1457
msgid ""
-"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
-"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ "
-"</computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default."
+"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
+"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
+"without new libraries (wherever it is possible) on a stable Debian "
+"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role='strong'>We recommend you to "
+"pick out single backports which fits your needs, and not to use all "
+"backports available there. </emphasis> Please follow the instructions on "
+"<ulink url='http://www.backports.org'>http://www.backports.org </ulink> to "
+"use these backports."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1468
+#: release-manual.xml:1461
msgid ""
-"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} "
-"package:"
+"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
+"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt "
+"</computeroutput> can use this repository <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/SecureApt'>securily </ulink>. This is done by "
+"running these commands as root:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1469
+#: release-manual.xml:1467
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
+"# install the debian-keyring securily\n"
+"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
+"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily\n"
+"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
+"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it "
+"is:\n"
+"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C "
+"&& gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add - \n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Java\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>\n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre "
+"sun-java5-fonts\n"
+"]]>\n"
+"</screen>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>The HowTos from <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
+"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the "
+"user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask "
+"the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine "
+"with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
+"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem><listitem>\n"
+"<para><ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
+"</ulink> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
+"<title>HowTos for the desktop\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para> \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>KDE Kiosk mode\n"
+"</title><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
+"<para>FIXME: see <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode\n"
+"</ulink> and write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings "
+"here. (esp. how to change them from a schooladmin POV) \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"</listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+"</section>\n"
+"\n"
+"<section>\n"
+"<title>Modifying the kdm login screen\n"
+"</title>\n"
+"<para>In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was "
+"changed. Now, it is done by adding a file in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/\n"
+"</computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default. \n"
+"</para>\n"
+"<para>Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
+"{{desktop-base}}} package: \n"
+"</para><screen><![CDATA[USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
"THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\"\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1473
+#: release-manual.xml:1543
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1479
+#: release-manual.xml:1549
msgid "Flash"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1481
+#: release-manual.xml:1551
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. It "
@@ -3279,21 +3445,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1488
+#: release-manual.xml:1558
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch "
"[pere 2007-07-12]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1490
+#: release-manual.xml:1560
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1492
+#: release-manual.xml:1562
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/'>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/ "
@@ -3301,7 +3467,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1499 release-manual.xml:1919
+#: release-manual.xml:1569 release-manual.xml:2003
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -3310,14 +3476,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1503
+#: release-manual.xml:1573
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1504
+#: release-manual.xml:1574
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget "
@@ -3326,12 +3492,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1507
+#: release-manual.xml:1577
msgid "If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1508
+#: release-manual.xml:1578
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -3339,12 +3505,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1511
+#: release-manual.xml:1581
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1512
+#: release-manual.xml:1582
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -3352,17 +3518,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1518
+#: release-manual.xml:1588
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1520
+#: release-manual.xml:1590
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1521
+#: release-manual.xml:1591
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -3370,12 +3536,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1527
+#: release-manual.xml:1597
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1529
+#: release-manual.xml:1599
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -3383,14 +3549,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1531
+#: release-manual.xml:1601
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1532
+#: release-manual.xml:1602
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -3398,19 +3564,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1535
+#: release-manual.xml:1605
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia "
"(debian-multimedia-keyring)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1537
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1538
+#: release-manual.xml:1608
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -3418,17 +3584,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1545
+#: release-manual.xml:1615
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1551
+#: release-manual.xml:1621
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1553
+#: release-manual.xml:1623
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless workstations "
"/ lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -3437,17 +3603,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1559
+#: release-manual.xml:1629
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1563
+#: release-manual.xml:1633
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1565
+#: release-manual.xml:1635
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf "
@@ -3457,7 +3623,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1569
+#: release-manual.xml:1639
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] "
"</computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -3466,14 +3632,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1573
+#: release-manual.xml:1643
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1576
+#: release-manual.xml:1646
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -3484,19 +3650,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1582
+#: release-manual.xml:1652
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1584
+#: release-manual.xml:1654
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1586
+#: release-manual.xml:1656
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -3505,12 +3671,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1593
-msgid "load balancing LTSP servers"
+#: release-manual.xml:1663
+msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1595
+#: release-manual.xml:1665
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -3522,19 +3688,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1604
+#: release-manual.xml:1674
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version "
"0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1609
+#: release-manual.xml:1679
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1611
+#: release-manual.xml:1681
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -3543,27 +3709,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1613
+#: release-manual.xml:1683
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1615
+#: release-manual.xml:1685
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1621
-msgid "Connecting windows machines to the network / windows integration"
+#: release-manual.xml:1691
+msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1625
+#: release-manual.xml:1695
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1627
+#: release-manual.xml:1697
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -3572,21 +3738,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1629
+#: release-manual.xml:1699
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1631
+#: release-manual.xml:1701
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1633
+#: release-manual.xml:1703
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -3596,12 +3762,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1638
+#: release-manual.xml:1708
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1640
+#: release-manual.xml:1710
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -3614,26 +3780,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
+#: release-manual.xml:1714
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1645
+#: release-manual.xml:1715
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1648
+#: release-manual.xml:1718
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1649
+#: release-manual.xml:1719
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -3647,7 +3813,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1652
+#: release-manual.xml:1722
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and "
"logout. Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take "
@@ -3656,13 +3822,39 @@ msgid ""
"tjener instead) and save file into the H: volume instead of \"Own files\"."
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1726
+msgid "User groups in Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1728
+msgid ""
+"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
+"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
+"available in Windows eg for netlogon scripts or other group dependant "
+"actions, you can add them using variations of the following command. Samba "
+"will function without these groupmaps, but Windows machines won't be group "
+"aware."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1732
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
+" type=domain ntgroup=\"students\" \\\n"
+" comment=\"All students in the school\"\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1657
+#: release-manual.xml:1741
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1659
+#: release-manual.xml:1743
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to "
@@ -3671,12 +3863,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1664
+#: release-manual.xml:1748
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1666
+#: release-manual.xml:1750
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -3687,7 +3879,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1668
+#: release-manual.xml:1752
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -3698,7 +3890,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1670
+#: release-manual.xml:1754
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -3707,7 +3899,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1673
+#: release-manual.xml:1757
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -3718,22 +3910,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1678 release-manual.xml:1761
+#: release-manual.xml:1762 release-manual.xml:1845
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1680
+#: release-manual.xml:1764
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1681
+#: release-manual.xml:1765
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1683
+#: release-manual.xml:1767
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -3743,56 +3935,56 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1684
+#: release-manual.xml:1768
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1685
+#: release-manual.xml:1769
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1686 release-manual.xml:1689
+#: release-manual.xml:1770 release-manual.xml:1773
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1687
+#: release-manual.xml:1771
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1688
+#: release-manual.xml:1772
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1692
+#: release-manual.xml:1776
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1694
+#: release-manual.xml:1778
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1696
+#: release-manual.xml:1780
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1704 release-manual.xml:1777 release-manual.xml:1802
+#: release-manual.xml:1788 release-manual.xml:1861 release-manual.xml:1886
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1706
+#: release-manual.xml:1790
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on "
@@ -3803,48 +3995,48 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1711
+#: release-manual.xml:1795
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1713
+#: release-manual.xml:1797
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1714
+#: release-manual.xml:1798
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1716
+#: release-manual.xml:1800
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1720
+#: release-manual.xml:1804
msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1724
+#: release-manual.xml:1808
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1727
+#: release-manual.xml:1811
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1730
+#: release-manual.xml:1814
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -3852,17 +4044,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1732
+#: release-manual.xml:1816
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1755
+#: release-manual.xml:1839
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1757
+#: release-manual.xml:1841
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -3872,7 +4064,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1763
+#: release-manual.xml:1847
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using "
"gpedit.msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be "
@@ -3881,7 +4073,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1765
+#: release-manual.xml:1849
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -3889,34 +4081,34 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1767
+#: release-manual.xml:1851
msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1770
+#: release-manual.xml:1854
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1779
+#: release-manual.xml:1863
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1785
+#: release-manual.xml:1869
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1789
+#: release-manual.xml:1873
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1791
+#: release-manual.xml:1875
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual "
"machines. This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on "
@@ -3924,29 +4116,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1793
+#: release-manual.xml:1877
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1795
+#: release-manual.xml:1879
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1804
+#: release-manual.xml:1888
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1809
+#: release-manual.xml:1893
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1811
+#: release-manual.xml:1895
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -3956,7 +4148,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1814
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -3965,12 +4157,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1823
+#: release-manual.xml:1907
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1825
+#: release-manual.xml:1909
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -3978,14 +4170,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1827
+#: release-manual.xml:1911
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1831
+#: release-manual.xml:1915
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux "
"remotely. Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> "
@@ -3993,7 +4185,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1834
+#: release-manual.xml:1918
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -4002,50 +4194,66 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1836
+#: release-manual.xml:1920
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1928 release-manual.xml:2026
+msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1930 release-manual.xml:2028
+msgid ""
+"The HowTos from <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ "
+"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the "
+"user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask "
+"the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine "
+"with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.)"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1862
+#: release-manual.xml:1946
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1868
+#: release-manual.xml:1952
msgid "moodle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1870
+#: release-manual.xml:1954
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1957
msgid ""
"Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and "
"credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1878
+#: release-manual.xml:1962
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1880
+#: release-manual.xml:1964
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1883
+#: release-manual.xml:1967
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc\n"
@@ -4053,26 +4261,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1890
+#: release-manual.xml:1974
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
+#: release-manual.xml:1980
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1982
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet "
"access. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1904
+#: release-manual.xml:1988
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -4080,12 +4288,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1910
+#: release-manual.xml:1994
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1912
+#: release-manual.xml:1996
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -4093,7 +4301,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1924
+#: release-manual.xml:2008
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -4108,14 +4316,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1932
+#: release-manual.xml:2016
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1947
+#: release-manual.xml:2031
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep "
@@ -4123,22 +4331,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1956
+#: release-manual.xml:2040
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1960
+#: release-manual.xml:2044
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1963
+#: release-manual.xml:2047
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1968
+#: release-manual.xml:2052
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -4147,7 +4355,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1974
+#: release-manual.xml:2058
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -4158,12 +4366,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
+#: release-manual.xml:2064
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1982
+#: release-manual.xml:2066
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -4171,7 +4379,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1984
+#: release-manual.xml:2068
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -4179,12 +4387,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1991
+#: release-manual.xml:2075
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1993
+#: release-manual.xml:2077
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> "
@@ -4192,7 +4400,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1996
+#: release-manual.xml:2080
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list "
"</ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we "
@@ -4201,7 +4409,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1999
+#: release-manual.xml:2083
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink "
@@ -4210,12 +4418,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2005
+#: release-manual.xml:2089
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2007
+#: release-manual.xml:2091
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -4224,7 +4432,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2009
+#: release-manual.xml:2093
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple "
"webbrowser. Just go to <ulink "
@@ -4236,7 +4444,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2017
+#: release-manual.xml:2101
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -4245,7 +4453,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2019
+#: release-manual.xml:2103
msgid ""
"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We use "
@@ -4256,22 +4464,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2030
+#: release-manual.xml:2114
msgid "Support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2034
+#: release-manual.xml:2118
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2038
+#: release-manual.xml:2122
msgid "in english"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2044
+#: release-manual.xml:2128
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -4279,7 +4487,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2048
+#: release-manual.xml:2132
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -4287,12 +4495,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2059
+#: release-manual.xml:2143
msgid "in norwegian"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2061
+#: release-manual.xml:2145
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker "
@@ -4300,7 +4508,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2065
+#: release-manual.xml:2149
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen "
@@ -4309,17 +4517,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2068
+#: release-manual.xml:2152
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2074
+#: release-manual.xml:2158
msgid "in german"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2076
+#: release-manual.xml:2160
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user "
@@ -4327,24 +4535,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2080
+#: release-manual.xml:2164
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2083
+#: release-manual.xml:2167
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2173
msgid "in french"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:2175
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french "
@@ -4352,12 +4560,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2100
+#: release-manual.xml:2184
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2102
+#: release-manual.xml:2186
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp "
@@ -4365,12 +4573,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2109
+#: release-manual.xml:2193
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2111
+#: release-manual.xml:2195
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
"Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin, Ralf Gesellensetter, "
@@ -4379,7 +4587,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2113
+#: release-manual.xml:2197
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions "
@@ -4388,26 +4596,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2119
+#: release-manual.xml:2203
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2121
+#: release-manual.xml:2205
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2123
+#: release-manual.xml:2207
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"and Håvard Korsvoll and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#: release-manual.xml:2209
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
"Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert and Jürgen Leibner and is "
@@ -4415,31 +4623,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2127
+#: release-manual.xml:2211
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is "
"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2132
+#: release-manual.xml:2216
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2134
+#: release-manual.xml:2218
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2138
+#: release-manual.xml:2222
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2140
+#: release-manual.xml:2224
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read "
@@ -4449,7 +4657,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2143
+#: release-manual.xml:2227
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -4460,7 +4668,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2147
+#: release-manual.xml:2231
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -4469,7 +4677,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2151
+#: release-manual.xml:2235
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co "
"svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-edu-doc "
@@ -4477,7 +4685,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2156
+#: release-manual.xml:2240
msgid ""
"Then edit the "
"<computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual.$CC.po "
@@ -4487,14 +4695,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2160
+#: release-manual.xml:2244
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2162
+#: release-manual.xml:2246
+msgid ""
+"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
+"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2249
+msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2254
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -4502,23 +4722,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2164
+#: release-manual.xml:2256
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2170
+#: release-manual.xml:2262
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2173
+#: release-manual.xml:2265
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2179
+#: release-manual.xml:2271
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink "
"url='mailto:holger at layer-acht.org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and "
@@ -4527,7 +4747,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2182
+#: release-manual.xml:2274
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -4536,7 +4756,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184
+#: release-manual.xml:2276
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -4545,7 +4765,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2278
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -4553,17 +4773,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2191
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2193
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2195
+#: release-manual.xml:2287
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -4572,12 +4792,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
+#: release-manual.xml:2292
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
+#: release-manual.xml:2294
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -4591,7 +4811,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2205
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -4602,7 +4822,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2207
+#: release-manual.xml:2299
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -4614,14 +4834,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2210
+#: release-manual.xml:2302
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2212
+#: release-manual.xml:2304
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -4630,7 +4850,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2215
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -4638,7 +4858,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2218
+#: release-manual.xml:2310
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -4647,7 +4867,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2221
+#: release-manual.xml:2313
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -4662,7 +4882,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2226
+#: release-manual.xml:2318
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -4676,7 +4896,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2228
+#: release-manual.xml:2320
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -4685,7 +4905,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2230
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -4694,7 +4914,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:2324
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -4703,7 +4923,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2235
+#: release-manual.xml:2327
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -4712,7 +4932,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2238
+#: release-manual.xml:2330
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -4723,7 +4943,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2241
+#: release-manual.xml:2333
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -4733,7 +4953,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2246
+#: release-manual.xml:2338
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -4747,7 +4967,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2248
+#: release-manual.xml:2340
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -4757,7 +4977,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2250
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -4769,7 +4989,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2253
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -4782,7 +5002,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2256
+#: release-manual.xml:2348
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -4794,7 +5014,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2259
+#: release-manual.xml:2351
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -4811,7 +5031,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2262
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -4819,7 +5039,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2264
+#: release-manual.xml:2356
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -4833,14 +5053,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2266
+#: release-manual.xml:2358
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2268
+#: release-manual.xml:2360
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -4852,7 +5072,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2271
+#: release-manual.xml:2363
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -4861,7 +5081,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2274
+#: release-manual.xml:2366
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -4873,7 +5093,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2276
+#: release-manual.xml:2368
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -4886,12 +5106,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2279
+#: release-manual.xml:2371
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2282
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -4905,7 +5125,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2377
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -4919,42 +5139,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2291
+#: release-manual.xml:2383
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2389
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2301
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2302
+#: release-manual.xml:2394
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2303
+#: release-manual.xml:2395
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2304
+#: release-manual.xml:2396
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2309
+#: release-manual.xml:2401
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2311
+#: release-manual.xml:2403
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using "
"<computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where "
@@ -4967,122 +5187,122 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2316
+#: release-manual.xml:2408
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2412
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2324
+#: release-manual.xml:2416
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2329
+#: release-manual.xml:2421
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
+#: release-manual.xml:2424
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2335 release-manual.xml:2345
+#: release-manual.xml:2427 release-manual.xml:2437
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2339
+#: release-manual.xml:2431
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2342
+#: release-manual.xml:2434
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2349
+#: release-manual.xml:2441
msgid "German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2352
+#: release-manual.xml:2444
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2355
+#: release-manual.xml:2447
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2359
+#: release-manual.xml:2451
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2362
+#: release-manual.xml:2454
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2365
+#: release-manual.xml:2457
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2369
+#: release-manual.xml:2461
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2372
+#: release-manual.xml:2464
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2375
+#: release-manual.xml:2467
msgid "el"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2379
+#: release-manual.xml:2471
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2382
+#: release-manual.xml:2474
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2385
+#: release-manual.xml:2477
msgid "jp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2481
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2392
+#: release-manual.xml:2484
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2395
+#: release-manual.xml:2487
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2402
+#: release-manual.xml:2494
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in "
"<computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the "
@@ -5092,32 +5312,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2408
+#: release-manual.xml:2500
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2409
+#: release-manual.xml:2501
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2415
+#: release-manual.xml:2507
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2416
+#: release-manual.xml:2508
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2422
+#: release-manual.xml:2514
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: release-manual.xml:2516
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink "
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
index 685a1d3..e79ae39 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
</emphasis>) release manual for the Debian Edu etch 3.0 release.
</para>
<para>This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc
-</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-24</computeroutput>.
+</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-26</computeroutput>.
</para>
<para>The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch
</ulink> is a wiki and updated frequently.
@@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ password: somethingsecret
<title>Upgrades
</title>
<para>Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by applicable law.
-</emphasis>
+</emphasis> Please read this chapter completly before attempting to upgrade.
</para>
<para>More <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release
</ulink> is available in its installation manual.
@@ -1084,20 +1084,24 @@ password: somethingsecret
</itemizedlist>
<para>But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes of the Installer.
</para>
-<para>The main problem is here that the System Volumegroup is quit small since the data in this Partitions is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on an 8GB large Virtual Pc, the upgrade failed since it was not possible to free more space on the vg_sytem. Please note that you should have about 1,5GB free space on /var and about 600MB free space on /usr. If this is not fullfilled the upgrade will fail because of too less space on the device.
+<para>The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the data in this partition is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on a virtual machine with an 8GB harddrive, the upgrade failed since it was not possible to free more space on the vg_sytem. Please note that you should have about 1,5GB free space on /var and about 600MB free space on /usr. If this is not the case the upgrade will fail because of too little free space on the device.
</para>
</section>
<section>
-<title>Prepare the System
+<title>Prepare the system
</title>
-<para>If you have enough space in the vg_system Volumegroup but not in the lv_var- Partition you have to resize this partition:
-</para><itemizedlist><listitem>1.) Umount the partition (don't forget that you'll have to umount for this /var/spool/squid, too): <itemizedlist><listitem><screen><![CDATA[/etc/init.d/squid stop
+<para>If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var partition, you have to resize this partition:
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
+<para>1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var
+</computeroutput> partition, you 'll have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid
+</computeroutput> partition for this to work, too:
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem><screen><![CDATA[/etc/init.d/squid stop
umount /var/spool/squid
umount -fl /var ]]>
</screen>
</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>2.) fsck the Partition: <itemizedlist><listitem><screen><![CDATA[e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]>
+</itemizedlist>2.) fsck the partition: <itemizedlist><listitem><screen><![CDATA[e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]>
</screen>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>3.) resize the partition: <itemizedlist><listitem><screen><![CDATA[lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]>
@@ -1114,39 +1118,43 @@ mount /var/spool/squid
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para>Now start the upgrade with:
-</para><itemizedlist><listitem><screen><![CDATA[aptitude update
-aptitude dist-upgrade ]]>
+<para>Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list
+</computeroutput> to contain these lines
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem><screen><![CDATA[deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main
+deb http://security.debian.org/ etch/updates main
+deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]>
</screen>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para>after you have modified your sources.list:
-</para><itemizedlist><listitem><screen><![CDATA[deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main contrib non-free
-deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]>
+<para>And start the upgrade with:
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem><screen><![CDATA[aptitude update
+aptitude dist-upgrade ]]>
</screen>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</section>
<section>
-<title>Answers to Debconf Questions raising during upgrade
+<title>Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade
</title>
-<para>Okay we'll give yo here some hints, what you should answer when some debconf Questions comes up. But please note. This upgrade HowTo is based on a very plain fresh installation of an mainserver + terminalserver. So which questions raises up in addition to that depends on what is additionally installed on your system (which isn't included per default in the sarge based Debian Edu Release). So if there are any questions where you don't know what to answer, don't hesitate to ask us at the Mailinglist (<ulink url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org
+<para>Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on a very plain fresh installation of an mainserver + terminalserver.
+</para>
+<para>Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here depends on what is additionally installed on your system. (Additionally to what is installed as default in the sarge based Debian Edu release). So if there are any questions which you don't know how to answer, don't hesitate to ask us at the mailinglist (<ulink url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org
</ulink>) or at IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu.
</para>
<para>* Configure nagios-common.
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
-<para>Here you have to enter an passwort for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin
+<para>Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin
</emphasis> user.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>* Configure console-data
-</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Choose here "Don't change keyboard layout"
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Choose "Don't change keyboard layout"
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>* Configure openssh-server
-</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Don't deaktivate here the challenge-response Auth.
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth.
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>* Configure systat
@@ -1154,7 +1162,7 @@ deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>* Configure popularity-contest
-</para><itemizedlist><listitem>You should choose yes here, this would help us to improve debian-edu. (We'll get an weekly report which programs are how often used). Of course anonymously.
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem>If you choose "yes", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered anonymously and you have the option to say "no".
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>* Configure libnss-ldap
@@ -1167,17 +1175,19 @@ deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]>
</emphasis>
</para>
</listitem><listitem>Use ldapversion 3 here
-</listitem><listitem>Which Account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME
+</listitem><listitem>Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME
</listitem><listitem>Which password should root use here FIXME
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
-<para>* Upgrade glibc now. Answer Yes here.
+<para>* Upgrade glibc now. Answer "yes".
</para>
-<para>* Restart Services. Answer Yes here.
+<para>* Restart Services. Answer "yes".
</para>
-<para>Okay. This should be all if you have no additional packages installed. Now the upgrade process start to replace the packages.
+<para>These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional packages installed.
</para>
-<para>Please note here: The Installer will ask several times if you want to keep your old modified Version of an Configfile or if you want to get the latest. The default is to keep your modified one. Please chooose always: Install the latest one.
+<para>Now the upgrade process will start to upgrade the packages.
+</para>
+<para>Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old modified version of a configfile or if you want to get the latest. The default is to keep your modified one. Unless you really have modified something, please always choose: "Install the latest one".
</para>
<para>The upgrade will fail with this error message:
</para><screen><![CDATA[Errors were encountered while processing:
@@ -1192,21 +1202,21 @@ E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)
</emphasis>. Then restart the upgrade process with:
</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get -f install]]>
</screen>
-<para>Now the upgrade work again:
+<para>Now the upgrade continues:
</para>
<para>* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para>Then the installation failed another time:
+<para>Then the installation failes another time:
</para><screen><![CDATA[Errors were encountered while processing:
slapd
E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)
]]>
</screen>
-<para>In order to fix this rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb
-</emphasis> and since ldap now runs not as root butas user <emphasis>openldap
-</emphasis> the permissions of the configuration files have to be changed:
+<para>In order to fix this, rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb
+</emphasis> and since openldap now runs as user <emphasis>openldap
+</emphasis> (instead of as root) the permissions of the configuration files have to be changed:
</para><screen><![CDATA[chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/
apt-get -f install]]>
</screen>
@@ -1239,6 +1249,21 @@ E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]>
</ulink> for more information.
</para>
</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Samba groupmaps handeling changed
+</title>
+<para>There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also a samba group. In etch samba keeps groupmap information in the LDAP database. Unfortunatly this issue was discovered too late for our LDAP admin tool "lwat" to be aware of the situation.
+</para>
+<para>When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain operation. Create the Domain Admins account with the command:
+</para><screen><![CDATA[/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \
+ type=domain ntgroup="Domain Admins" \
+ comment="All system administrators in the school"
+]]>
+</screen>
+<para>If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more detail in the <link linkend="NetworkClients">HowTo/NetworkClients</link> chapter of this manual.
+</para>
+</section>
</section>
<section>
@@ -1393,15 +1418,60 @@ E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]>
<section>
<title>Using volatile.debian.org
</title>
-<para>FIXME: describe how to...
+<para>Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org
+</ulink> is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on default installations.
</para>
+
+<section>
+<title>What is debian-volatile?
+</title>
+<para><emphasis>Quoting from the webpage:
+</emphasis>
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem>Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work for the full time of a stable release. The main goal of volatile is allowing system administrators to update their systems in a nice, consistent way, without getting the drawbacks of using unstable, even without getting the drawbacks for the selected packages. So debian-volatile will only contain changes to stable programs that are necessary to keep them functional.
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>How to use volatile
+</title>
+<para>Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-archive-keyring
+</computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, you do not have to add this key manually to roots keyring anymore. Just add the following line to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list
+</computeroutput>:
+</para>
+<para>
+</para><screen><![CDATA[deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main
+]]>
+</screen>
+<para>And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade
+</computeroutput>.
+</para>
+</section>
</section>
<section>
<title>Using backports.org
</title>
-<para>FIXME: describe how to...
+<para>You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. It runs great, there is just one problem sometimes: some software is a little bit more outdated as you like. This is where backports.org come in.
+</para>
+<para>Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run without new libraries (wherever it is possible) on a stable Debian distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role='strong'>We recommend you to pick out single backports which fits your needs, and not to use all backports available there.
+</emphasis> Please follow the instructions on <ulink url='http://www.backports.org'>http://www.backports.org
+</ulink> to use these backports.
+</para>
+<para>You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's <computeroutput>gpg
+</computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt
+</computeroutput> can use this repository <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/SecureApt'>securily
+</ulink>. This is done by running these commands as root:
</para>
+<para>
+</para><screen><![CDATA[# install the debian-keyring securily
+aptitude install debian-keyring
+# fetch the backports.org key insecurily
+gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C
+# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:
+gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -
+]]>
+</screen>
</section>
<section>
@@ -1590,7 +1660,7 @@ X_VERTREFRESH = "59-62"
</section>
<section>
-<title>load balancing LTSP servers
+<title>Load balancing LTSP servers
</title>
<para>It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using <computeroutput>LDM_SERVER
</computeroutput> in <computeroutput>lts.conf
@@ -1618,7 +1688,7 @@ X_VERTREFRESH = "59-62"
</section>
<section>
-<title>Connecting windows machines to the network / windows integration
+<title>Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration
</title>
<section>
@@ -1651,6 +1721,20 @@ X_VERTREFRESH = "59-62"
</itemizedlist>
<para>Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. To minimize the time needed, one should deactivate things like local cache in browsers (you could use the squid proxycache installed on tjener instead) and save file into the H: volume instead of "Own files".
</para>
+
+<section>
+<title>User groups in Windows
+</title>
+<para>Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through <computeroutput>lwat
+</computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be available in Windows eg for netlogon scripts or other group dependant actions, you can add them using variations of the following command. Samba will function without these groupmaps, but Windows machines won't be group aware.
+</para>
+<para>
+</para><screen><![CDATA[/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \
+ type=domain ntgroup="students" \
+ comment="All students in the school"
+]]>
+</screen>
+</section>
</section>
<section>
@@ -2159,6 +2243,14 @@ dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb
</para>
<para>Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to do so) or send the file to the mailinglist.
</para>
+<para>To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc
+</computeroutput> directory:
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
+<para><computeroutput>svn up
+</computeroutput>
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
<para>Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is none yet, and how to update translations.
</para>
<para>Please report any problems.
hooks/post-receive
--
debian-edu-doc.git (Debian package debian-edu-doc)
This is an automated email from the git hooks/post-receive script. It was
generated because a ref change was pushed to the repository containing
the project "debian-edu-doc.git" (Debian package debian-edu-doc).
More information about the debian-edu-commits
mailing list